JW-22CM User`s Manual

Version 3.0

Produced in Feb, 2005

Sharp Programmable Controller

NEW

Satellite

DeviceNet Master Module

Model name

JW-22CM

U s e r ' s M a n u a l

Thank you for purchasing the network module (JW-22CM) for the SHARP new satellite JW20H/

30H/300.

Read this manual thoroughly to completely familiarize yourself with the functions and operation of the JW-22CM.

Besides this manual, the following manuals are available for the JW20H/30H/300 series. We ask you to also read these manuals as well as this manual.

JW20H control module User’s manual, hardware version

Programming manual, ladder instruction version

JW30H control module

JW300 control module

Programming manual, step flow version

User’s manual, hardware version

Programming manual, ladder instruction version

User’s manual, hardware version

Programming manual, ladder instruction version

About the description of this book

- This manual describes the JW-22CM that is applicable to the JW300.

The JW-22CM that is applied to JW300 has a mark of 300 in front of the module.

=> Refer to page 4-2

- In this manual, number and symbol in parentheses added to address or setting value indications represent the following.

Octal·····(8) Hexadecimal·····(H) Decimal·····(D) or no symbol

About SL switch

- You have to set the SL switch on the JW-22CM to match the PLC model (JW20H/30H/

300) it will be installed in. => Refer to page 11-2

Precautions

- When you plan to use SHARP programmable controllers (hereafter referred to as "PLCs"), you are requested to design each system so that even if a fault or malfunction occurs within the PLC, it will not lead to a serious accident in your system. You should incorporate back-up measures and fail-safe features in your system that will thoroughly protect your system from malfunctions if a fault or error occurs in the PLC.

- SHARP PLCs are designed and manufactured with the idea that they will be used in general applications in ordinary industries. Therefore, they must not be used in specific applications that can affect the health or safety of the public, such as nuclear power plants and other power generating plants. Such applications require a special warranty of quality that SHARP explicitly does NOT offer for these PLCs. However, if a user will certify that he/she does not requires a special quality warranty on the PLC, and will limit the use of the PLC to non critical areas of these applications, SHARP will agree to such use.

If you are planning to use SHARP PLCs for applications that may affect the lives of human beings and property, and you need particularly high reliability performance, such as in the fields of aviation, medicine, transportation, combustion and fuel processing equipment, passenger cars, amusement park rides, and safety equipment, please contact our sales division so that we can confirm the required specifications.

Notes

- Though this manual is produced with the utmost care, if you have any questions and inquiries, please feel free to contact our dealers.

- The whole or partial photocopy of this booklet is prohibited.

- Contents of this booklet may be revised for improvement without notice.

Safety Precautions

Read this manual and attached documents carefully before installation, operation, maintenance and checking in order to use the machine correctly. Understand all of the machine knowledge, safety information, and cautions before starting to use. In this instruction manual, safety precautions are ranked into "danger" and

"caution" as follows.

Danger : Wrong handling may possibly lead to death or heavy injury.

Caution : Wrong handling may possibly lead to medium or light injury.

Even in the case of Caution , a serious result may be experienced depending on the circumstances. Anyway, important points are mentioned. Be sure to observe them strictly.

The picture signs of prohibit and compel are explained below.

: It means don’ts. For example, prohibition of disassembly is indicated as (

: It means a must. For example, obligation of grounding is indicated as ( ).

).

1) Installation

Caution

• Use in the environments specified in the catalog, instruction manual, and user's manual.

Electric shock, fire or malfunction may be caused when used in the environments of high temperature, high humidity, dusty or corrosive atmosphere, vibration or impact.

• Install according to the manual.

Wrong installation may cause drop, breakdown, or malfunction.

• Never admit wire chips or foreign matters.

Or fire, breakdown or malfunction may be caused.

2) Wiring

Compel

• Be sure to ground.

Unless grounded, electric shock or malfunction may be caused.

Caution

• Connect the rated power source.

Connection of a wrong power source may cause a fire.

• Wiring should be done by a qualified electrician.

Wrong wiring may lead to fire, breakdown or electric shock.

3) Use

Danger

• Don’t touch the terminal while the power is being supplied or you may have an electric shock.

• Assemble the emergency stop circuit and interlock circuit outside of the programmable controller. Otherwise breakdown or accident damage of the machine may be caused by the trouble of the programmable controller.

Caution

• “RUN” or “STOP’” during operation should be done with particular care by confirming safety.

Misoperation may lead to damage or accident of the machine.

• Turn on the power source in the specified sequence. Turning ON with wrong sequence may lead to machine breakdown or accident.

4) Maintenance

Prohibit

• Don’t disassemble or modify the modules.

Or fire, breakdown or malfunction may be caused.

Caution

• Turn OFF the power source before detaching or attaching the module.

Or electric shock, malfunction or breakdown may be caused.

Chapter 1. Features and Functions

Chapter 2. Precautions for Use

Chapter 3. System Configuration

Chapter 4. Name and Function of Each Part

Chapter 5. Installation Method

Chapter 6. Processing of Cables

Chapter 7. Wiring Method

Chapter 8. Description for Data Link Operation

Chapter 9. Description for Computer Link Operation

Chapter 10. SEND/////RECEIVE Function

Chapter 11. Setting of Switches and Parameters

Chapter 12. Errors and Countermeasures

Chapter 13. Replacement of the JW-22CM

Chapter 14. Support Tools

Chapter 15. Specifications

Chapter 16. Appendix

Alphabetical Index

Table of contents

Chapter 1. Features and Functions · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1-1

Chapter 2. Precautions for Use · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2-1 to 2

2-1 Installation ......................................................................................................................... 2-1

2-2 Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 2-1

2-3 Use method ....................................................................................................................... 2-2

2-4 Static electricity .................................................................................................................. 2-2

2-5 Maintenance ...................................................................................................................... 2-2

2-6 Allocation of relay number ................................................................................................. 2-2

Chapter 3. System Configuration · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3-1

Chapter 4. Name and Function of Each Part · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 4-1 to 2

Chapter 5. Installation Method · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5-1

Chapter 6. Processing of Cables · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6-1 to 6

6-1 Processing cable end ........................................................................................................ 6-2

6-2 Connector crimping procedure .......................................................................................... 6-5

Chapter 7. Wiring Method · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 7·1 to 7

7-1 Cable trunk and branch lines ............................................................................................. 7-1

7-2 Relaying of trunk cables .................................................................................................... 7-1

7-3 Cable wiring procedure in control panel ............................................................................ 7-2

[1] Fixing of the cable ..................................................................................................... 7-2

[2] Extra length of cable .................................................................................................. 7-2

[3] Connection to the JW-22CM ..................................................................................... 7-2

[4] Insulation cover ......................................................................................................... 7-2

[5] Grounding of power supply module (JW-22PU/31PU) .............................................. 7-2

[6] Minimum bending radius ........................................................................................... 7-3

[7] ID tag ......................................................................................................................... 7-3

[8] Protective cap ............................................................................................................ 7-3

7-4 Waterproof and insulation processing of connectors ......................................................... 7-4

[1] "T" branch connector ................................................................................................. 7-4

[2] Straight connector ..................................................................................................... 7-4

7-5 Wiring of cables at outside control panels ......................................................................... 7-5

7-6 Check after wiring .............................................................................................................. 7-5

7-7 Wiring method of adding a communication station ............................................................ 7-6

[1] Branching method ..................................................................................................... 7-6

[2] Station number of the additional station .................................................................... 7-6

[3] Notes ......................................................................................................................... 7-7

Chapter 8. Description for Data Link Operation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8-1 to 7

8-1 Communication method ..................................................................................................... 8-1

[1] Data link (Standard function) ..................................................................................... 8-1

[2] Data link (Save memory function) ............................................................................. 8-2

8-2 Required transmission time and communication delay time ............................................. 8-3

[1] Required transmission time ....................................................................................... 8-3

[2] Communication delay time ........................................................................................ 8-4

[3] Data transmission between master PLC and slave PLC ........................................... 8-5

TC-1

8-3 Expansion of network ........................................................................................................ 8-6

[1] Multiple installation of the JW-22CM ......................................................................... 8-6

[2] Hierarchical link ......................................................................................................... 8-7

Chapter 9. Description for Computer Link Operation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 9-1 to 3

9-1 Computer link function ....................................................................................................... 9-1

9-2 Command .......................................................................................................................... 9-2

Chapter 10. SEND/RECEIVE Function · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 10-1 to 13

10-1 SEND/RECEIVE function ............................................................................................... 10-1

10-2 Communication between two hierarchical layer differences ........................................... 10-1

10-3 Starting method .............................................................................................................. 10-2

[1] Instruction method ................................................................................................... 10-2

[2] Data memory starting method ................................................................................. 10-2

10-4 Application instruction using instruction method ............................................................. 10-4

[1] F-202, F-203 ............................................................................................................ 10-4

(1) Installed in a JW30H ............................................................................................... 10-4

(2) Installed in a JW300 ................................................................................................ 10-4

[2] F-204 ....................................................................................................................... 10-6

[3] F-205 ....................................................................................................................... 10-7

[4] F-206, F-207 ............................................................................................................ 10-8

(1) Installed in a JW30H ............................................................................................... 10-8

(2) Installed in a JW300 ................................................................................................ 10-8

10-5 Program example of instruction method ......................................................................... 10-9

[1] Example of 1 hierarchical communication ............................................................... 10-9

(1) Example of writing data of 8 bytes to slave station 03 (8) ...................................................

10-9

(2) Example of reading data of 8 bytes to slave station 01 (8) ...............................................

10-10

[2] Example of 2 hierarchical communication ............................................................. 10-11

(1) Example of writing data in PLC of C through PLC of B from PLC of A ................. 10-11

(2) Example of reading out data in PLC of A with RCV instruction through

PLC of B from PLC of C ....................................................................................... 10-12

10-6 Program example of data memory starting system ...................................................... 10-13

(1) Example of writing data of 8 bytes to slave station 03 (8) .................................................

10-13

Chapter 11. Setting of Switches and Parameters · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 11-1 to 37

11-1 Operation procedure ....................................................................................................... 11-1

11-2 Switch setting of master station and slave station .......................................................... 11-2

(1) Model selection switch (SL) .................................................................................... 11-2

(2) Mode switch (MODE) .............................................................................................. 11-2

(3) Module No. switch (UNIT NO.) ................................................................................ 11-2

(4) Station number switch (STA NO.) ........................................................................... 11-3

(5) Termination resistance switch (LT) ......................................................................... 11-3

(6) Shield ground switch (LG) ....................................................................................... 11-4

11-3 Setting contents of master station parameters ............................................................... 11-5

[1] Setting contents ....................................................................................................... 11-5

[2] Communication area map ....................................................................................... 11-7

(1) In case that setting data link (the standard function) when the master station and all slave stations are JW-22CM's. ................................................................... 11-7

(2) In case that setting the data link (save memory function) when the master station and all slave stations are JW-22CM's. ........................................................ 11-8

TC-2

(3) When the master station and slave stations are all JW-22CM's and both data link (the standard function) and data link (the save memory function) are set among slave stations. ............................................................................................. 11-9

[3] Setting range of relay link area, register link area, and flag area .......................... 11-11

(1) When master station PLC is JW20H ..................................................................... 11-11

(2) When master station PLC is JW30H ..................................................................... 11-12

(3) When master station PLC is JW300 ..................................................................... 11-13

[4] Setting procedure .................................................................................................. 11-15

11-4 Setting slave station parameters (common for all slave stations) ................................ 11-27

[1] Setting contents ..................................................................................................... 11-27

[2] Setting range of flag area ...................................................................................... 11-28

(1) When JW20H is used as PLC ............................................................................... 11-28

(2) When JW30H is used as PLC ............................................................................... 11-28

(3) When JW300 is used as PLC ............................................................................... 11-29

[3] Setting procedure .................................................................................................. 11-30

Chapter 12. Errors and Countermeasures · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 12-1 to 9

12-1 Indication lamps .............................................................................................................. 12-1

12-2 Flag ................................................................................................................................. 12-2

[1] Flag table [In case of flag top address is 0740] ..................................................... 12-2

[2] In the case of a master station ................................................................................ 12-3

(1) Communication monitor flag ................................................................................... 12-3

(2) Operation condition monitor flag [1] ........................................................................ 12-3

(3) Operation condition monitor flag [2] ........................................................................ 12-3

[3] In the case of slave station 01 to 77 (8) ......................................................................................

12-4

(1) Communication monitor flag ................................................................................... 12-4

(2) Operation condition monitor flag [1] ........................................................................ 12-4

(3) Operation condition monitor flag [2] ........................................................................ 12-4

[4] Monitor operation condition by each station PLC .................................................... 12-5

12-3 Storage of error code ...................................................................................................... 12-6

(1) System memory #170 to #177 -- Error code of an option module .......................... 12-7

(2) System memory #160 to 167 -- Error code of self diagnosis result ........................ 12-7

(3) System memory #050 (JW20H/30H), #150 (JW300) -- Monitor of an abnormal switch number ........................................................................................................ 12-7

(4) Error history ............................................................................................................. 12-8

Chapter 13. Replacement of the JW-22CM · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 13-1

Chapter 14. Support Tools · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 14-1 to 11

14-1 Set parameter of JW-22CM ............................................................................................ 14-1

(1) Parameter setting procedures using the JW-300SP (when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300) .............................................................................................. 14-2

(2) Parameter setting procedures using the JW-15PG (when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300) .............................................................................................. 14-3

14-2 Remote programming and remote monitor ..................................................................... 14-4

[1] When using a JW20H/30H ...................................................................................... 14-4

(1) Function (when using a JW20H/30H) ................................................................. 14-5

(2) Setting method (when using a JW20H/30H) ....................................................... 14-5

(3) Parameter setting by remote function (when using a JW20H/30H) .................... 14-7

[2] When using a JW300 .............................................................................................. 14-8

(1) Function (when using a JW300) .......................................................................... 14-9

(2) Setting method (when using a JW300) ............................................................. 14-10

(3) Parameter setting using remote function (when using a JW300) ...................... 14-11

TC-3

Chapter 15. Specifications · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 15-1 to 3

15-1 General specifications .................................................................................................... 15-1

15-2 Communication specifications ........................................................................................ 15-1

15-3 Data link specifications ................................................................................................... 15-2

(1) Standard function .................................................................................................... 15-2

(2) Save memory function ............................................................................................ 15-2

15-4 Computer link specifications ........................................................................................... 15-3

Chapter 16. Appendix · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 16-1 to 31

16-1 Maintenance and check .................................................................................................. 16-1

16-2 Recovery from communication errors ............................................................................. 16-2

(1) Check flow chart ...................................................................................................... 16-2

(2) Check cable/connector ............................................................................................ 16-3

(3) During initial communication (startup of the system) .............................................. 16-5

(4) When the communication error occurs instantaneously ......................................... 16-7

16-3 Table of parameter memory ........................................................................................... 16-8

[1] Installed in a JW20H/30H ........................................................................................ 16-8

(1) Master station (Installed in a JW20H/30H) .............................................................. 16-8

(2) Slave station 01 to 77 (8) (Installed in a JW20H/30H) ............................................ 16-16

[2] Installed in a JW300 .............................................................................................. 16-17

(1) Master station (Installed in a JW20H/30H) ............................................................ 16-17

(2) Slave station 01 to 77 (8) (Installed in a JW20H/30H) ............................................ 16-25

16-4 "File address" and "fileN, address n" in the JW300 ...................................................... 16-26

[1] File address of JW300 ........................................................................................... 16-26

[2] "fileN, address n" of JW300 ................................................................................... 16-28

Alphabetical Index · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · IND-1 to 3

TC-4

Chapter 1. Features and Functions

With installation of the network module JW-22CM to the programmable controller (PLC) JW20H/30H/

300, you can construct a communications system (satellite net) which can easily send and receive an

ON/OFF signal (machine information) and numerical data (production data) between PLCs and a host computer.

- This manual describes the JW-22CM that is applicable to the JW300.

The JW-22CM that is applicable to JW300 has a 300 markings in front of the module.

=> Refer to page 4-2

1 Data link function

• Send and receive an ON/OFF signal (relay link) and data (register link) between JW-22CMs or between the JW-22CM and the network module JW-20CM.

Linkage method Number of linkage points

Relay link 2048 (256 bytes) in total

Register link 2048 bytes in total

• The JW-22CM has a save memory function which limits to receive only of the required data and provides effective use of the memory.

2 The satellite net is available for communication of up to 64 stations. By using a cable, it can be extended up to 1 km.

3 SEND/////RECEIVE function

Data exchange using a program between PLCs is available.

• Data exchange between a network of two hierarchical layer differences is also available. (Satellite net =- satellite net)

• There are two types of starting systems: "Instruction method" and "data memory starting method."

When PLC on which the JW-22CM is installed is JW20H, SEND/RECEIVE instructions cannot be used (instruction method). However the equivalent function can be effective by setting the respective information in the data memory (data memory starting method).

4 Remote programming and remote monitor

By constructing a satellite system using the JW-22CM, you can program and monitor other station’s

PLC’s on the satellite system using a support tool.

• These remote programming and remote monitor functions are also available beyond one hierarchical layer difference (satellite net =- satellite net, satellite net =- SUMINET-3200) when using JW50H/70H/100H (JW-20CM) or JW30H/300 (JW-22CM) in relay station.

"SUMINET-3200" is a trademark of Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.

• For remote programming and remote monitor details about the JW300, see page 14-8.

5 Computer link function (When installing JW-22CM into JW20H/30H)

• The reading/writing memory contents of the JW20H/30H are available by sending a command

(instruction) from a host computer integrated into the network module.

• The JW-22CM returns a response to the command (instruction) from a host computer.

=> Refer to chapter 9

Note: When the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300, the computer link function cannot be used.

1

1-1

Chapter 2. Precautions for Use

Make sure to follow the precautions below while using the JW-22CM (simply called "this module" from here on).

2-1 Installation

Do not install or store the JW-22CM in the following conditions.

• Direct sunlight

• Ambient temperature exceeding the range of 0 to 55 o C (Storage temperature : -20 to 70 o C)

• The relative humidity exceeding the range of 35 to 90%.

• Sudden temperature changes which may cause condensation.

• Corrosive or inflammable gas

• Vibration or hard jolts

Prior to installing or detaching the JW-22CM, make sure to turn OFF the power supply to the

JW20H/30H/300 (main PLC of the system).

All screws must be tightened firmly.

2-2 Wiring

Make sure to use only the recommended types for cables, connectors, and crimping tools.

=> Refer to page 6-1

When using connectors for branch or joint lines, provide jackets to protect connectors.

(When a connector touches with an external enclosure or the like, a communication error may occur.)

"T" jacket

(insulation cover)

"L" jacket

(insulation cover)

2

Do not connect the ground terminal of the power supply module together with other equipment’s ground lines. Make sure to provide class-D grounding.

When the JW-22CM is used without connecting a class-D grounding, malfunctions by noise may occur.

Communication cables should be arranged as far from any high voltage lines and strong power lines as possible. Do not lay the communication cable parallel or proximate to these lines.

Communication cables should be laid from the master station to the slave station one by one.

Multiple wiring from one point or wiring without terminators may cause communication errors.

Joint using a connector

2-1

Arrange total cable length within 1 km.

Arrange branch cable line from a trunk within 400 mm.

Prior to any electric welding around this module, take out the coaxial cable from this module. While the coaxial cable is connected to this module, any electric welding nearby this module will cause the welding current to enter this module and may damage part of its circuit pattern.

JW-22CM

Coaxial cable

JW-22CM

2

Turn "ON

" shield ground switch

FG

Wraparound current

(Note)

Turn

"

ON

"

FG shield ground switch

Rack etc.

Note: In case enough conductivity is not established.

Electric welder

2-3 Use method

For ventilation, holes are provided in the cabinet to prevent a temperature rise. Do not block the ventilation holes. Good ventilation is necessary.

Never allow a liquid such as water and chemical solution and a metallic object like a copper wire inside this module to avoid a possible hazard. Otherwise, it may be a cause of machine trouble.

When a trouble or abnormal condition such as overheat, fume, or smoke is met, stop the operation immediately, and call your dealer or our service department.

2-4 Static electricity

In extremely dry circumstances, the human body may have excessive static current. This excessive static current may damage parts in the JW-22CM’s PLC board. Therefore, prior to accessing this module, touch your hand to a grounded piece of metal to discharge the static current in your body.

2-5 Maintenance

Use a clean, dry cloth when cleaning this module. Do not use volatile chemicals such as thinner or alcohol as it may result in deformation and color fading.

2-6 Allocation of relay number

JW20H/30H/300 which installs this module are laid out 16 points to this module as a relay number.

These 16 points are dummy area which is not used in JW-22CM.

2-2

Chapter 3. System Configuration

Example of system configuration

Master station 00

(8)

JW-22CM

Slave station 01 (8)

JW-22CM

Personal computer slave station 02 (8)

Network module

JW50H

JW70H

JW100H

Slave station 77

(8)

JW-20CM

JW20H/30H/300 JW20H/30H/300

64 stations max., 1 km max.

Personal computer slave station 02 (8)

JW50H

JW70H

JW100H

Master station 00

(8)

JW-20CM

Slave station 01

(8)

JW-22CM

Network module

JW20H/30H/300

64 stations max., 1 km max.

Slave station 77 (8)

JW-22CM

JW20H/30H/300

3

3-1

Chapter 4. Name and Function of Each Part

Ventilation hole

Prevent temperature rise inside

Indication lamp

=> Refer to page 12-1

Module number switch (UNIT NO.)

=> Refer to page 11-2

Station number switch (STA NO.)

=> Refer to page 11-3

Support tool connection connector

- Connect a support tool and set parameters

Module retention screw

- For fixing on a rack panel

300 mark

- Applicable to JW300

=> Refer to next page

Rating plate

Communication cable connection connector

- Connect master station and slave station

Module insertion guide

- Insert into a rack panel

(Front side)

Mode switch ( MODE)

=> Refer to page 11-2

Termination resistance switch (LT)

=> Refer to page 11-3

Shield ground switch (LG)

=> Refer to page 11-4

Model select switch (SL)

=> Refer to page 11-2

Module retention rib

- For fixing on a rack panel

21 3

4

5

6

7

F E D

C

(Rear side)

Ventilation hole

- Prevent temperature rise inside

Switch

Module No. switch

UNIT

NO.

4

6

7 8 9

1

23

STA No.

4

6

7 8 9

23

1

STA No.

X10

4

6

7 8 9

1

23

X1

Mode switch

01

23

4 56

9

78

DE

A

BC

MODE

Termination resistance switch

ON

OFF

LT

Factory setting

0

0

0

2

OFF

Shield ground switch

ON

OFF

LG

Model select switch

ON

OFF

SL

ON

OFF

4

4-1

4

300

marking on the JW-22CM

The 300 marking on the front of the JW-22CM means that this JW-22CM is compatible with the JW300.

=> See the previous page.

In addition to JW-22CMs with a 300 marking, some JW-22CMs have a 30Hn marking, some have a

30H marking, and some have no marking.

JW-22CM

Compatible models

JW300 series

JW30H series

JW20H series

*1 *2

With a 300 marking

With a 30Hn marking

With a 30H marking

No marking

*1: Control module; JW-31CUH1, JW-32CUH1, JW-33CUH1/H2/H3, JW-32CUM1/M2

*2: Control module; JW-31CUH, JW-32CUH, JW-33CUH

: Compatible, : Not compatible, : Compatible within the JW-31CHU, JW-32CUH, and JW-

33CUH range.

4-2

Chapter 5. Installation Method

Install the JW-22CM (simply called "this module" from here on) with the following procedure.

1 Turn "OFF" the power supply to the JW20H/30H/300.

2 Set the model select switch, mode switch, the termination resistance switch, and the shield ground switch on the rear side of the JW-22CM.

=> Refer to page 11-2 to 11-4 for settings

Applicable screwdriver (Rear side of the JW-22CM)

2 to 3 mm

0.5 mm

MODE

ON

OFF

LT

ON

OFF

LG

ON

OFF

SL

Mode switch (MODE)

Termination resistance switch (LT)

Shield ground switch (LG)

Model select switch (SL)

5

3 Hang the module retention rib of the JW-22CM on the retention rib insertion hole of the JW20H/

JW30H/300's basic rack panel, and press in the JW-22CM. Then tighten the module retention screws at the top of the JW-22CM module using a Phillips screwdriver.

Partition plate or control panel

Basic rack panel

Module insertion guide

(Installation example)

Ventilation hole

Module retention screw

Basic rack panel

JW-22CM

Power supply module

Module retention rib insertion hole

Module retention rib

Phillips screwdriver

JW-22CM

Control module

Remarks

• The JW-22CM cannot be installed on the expansion rack panel.

• More than one JW-22CM module can be installed on the same control module (basic rack panel of

JW20H/30H/300). However, do not use the same module number switch setting as any other option module (including the JW-22CM).

• Make sure to tighten the module retention screws securely. Looseness of the screws may cause malfunctions.

5-1

Chapter 6. Processing of Cables

Make sure to use the recommended models shown below for cables and connectors.

Name Model

Cable

High frequency coaxial cable

Crimping tools

ME-5C-2V

Maker

Mitsubishi Cable

Industries,. Ltd.

Fujikura Cable,. Ltd.

Furukawa Denko

Corporation

Chugoku Cable,. Ltd.

Shinagawa Cable,. Ltd.

Toko Denshi Corporation

Stripper for high frequency coaxial cable

Jacket

"L" jacket

"T" jacket

Insulation tape

Self-adhesive tape

Connector

ME-42H

Dice: 67-42H

CST-TM

The system consists of the main body, a blade cassette, and a blade setting gauge

SB-2878

SB-2879

NO.11

Nihon Weidmüller

Co., Ltd.

Shinagawa Shoko

Co., Ltd.

Nitto Denko Corporation

ME-GP-01

Straight

ME-JJ-01

Connectors Elbow

ME-LA-01

Toko Denshi Corporation

DDK Ltd.

T’s

ME-TA-01

Termination

ME-75

6

6-1

6

6-1 Processing cable end

High frequency coaxial cable: ME-5C-2V

Stripper for high frequency coaxial cable: CST-TM

<Basic operation>

Move the cam wheel of the stripper (amber colored ring) back and forth and the cable holder moves back and forth accordingly. Confirm this movement of the stripper first.

To hold the stripper, put your forefinger through the hole and move the cam while pushing back and forth with your thumb.

Cable holder

Front

Cam wheel

Rear

<Pressure setting>

Set the operation range of the cable holder by moving the slider at the bottom of the body. Move to the left to increase pressure.

In this example, set the slider to the cam wheel side’s end (right side) to set the pressure to low.

<Adjustment of blade cutting depth>

Adjust the cutting depth of the blade by turning the two screws at both ends of the screw holder. Set the blade position to within 1 mm from the cutting surface of the blade cassette prior to adjusting the cutting depth. For the cutting depth adjustment, use the "blade setting gauge" supplied as an accessory and match the blade position with the caved position of the gauge. Then move the cam wheel forward and secure firmly. Turn right lightly both adjustment screws at either end of the screw holder for adjustment. (Be careful not to break the blade setting gauge as it is made of aluminum.)

(Fine adjustment is required to get the optimum cutting depth.)

To the next page

Blade cassette

Blade (slashed area)

Within 1 mm

Set the blade to within

1 mm in order not to damage the blade by the blade setting gauge.

Left

Slider Right

Cam wheel

Screw holder

Blade setting gauge

6-2

Internal conductor

(annealed copper single wire)

Coating

(black)

External conductor

Insulator

(semi-transparent)

(meshed annealed copper wire)

From the previous page

<Cutting of coating, external conductor, and insulator>

Put a coaxial cable while remaining approximately 10 mm into the cable stripper and securely tighten the cable with the middle finger, ring finger, and little finger of your left hand in order to hold stable during turning the stripper.

Put your right hand forefinger into the cam wheel and execute the procedure in order from step 1 below.

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Press the cam wheel forward 3 times and turn the stripper in the direction of arrow 2 to 3 times.

Press the cam wheel forward 1 more time and then turn the stripper in the direction of arrow a further 2 to 3 times.

Press the cam wheel forward 1 more time and turn the stripper in the direction of the arrow another 2 to 3 times.

<Removal of coating, external conductor, and insulator>

While holding the coaxial cable with your left hand, grip the cable stripper so that it keeps a right angle against the coaxial cable, and press out the cable stripper with your left hand’s thumb.

10mm

When the adjustment of the blade is not required

If the stripper cannot be removed smoothly, adjustment of the blade is not appropriate. In this case slide the cam wheel backward and remove the coaxial cable. Then adjust the blade.

<Fine adjustment of blade cutting depth>

When the cutting depth is too shallow or too deep, and damages the external conductor or the internal conductor, turn the screws on the screw holder and adjust the blade depth a little.

6

To the next page

6-3

6

From the previous page

<Display of blade setting>

We recommend that in order to keep the adjusted position of the adjustment screws, after completion of adjustment for the coaxial cable and the screw holder, write the screw position etc. on a sticker and adhere it to the adjustment screws.

<Replacement of blades>

Hold up the upper section of the screw holder with a minus driver, and open the screw holder.

Remove the blade cassette and reinsert by turning the current blade back side front or insert a new blade cassette from its top.

<Processing of cable end>

Cut the internal conductor of the coaxial cable, which is already cut by the stripper, using a nipper etc. to the optimum dimension of 4 mm.

KA E A

CADAADFS FGHHG

KADAEA

KEDAADFS

Screw holder

Blade cassette

10 mm 0.5 mm

A B

A: 10 mm 0.5 mm

B: 4 mm 0.5 mm

6-4

6-2 Connector crimping procedure

1 Required tools: Hand-held crimping tool

Model

Dice No.

Crimping width

: ME-42H

: 67-42H

: 10 mm

2 Connector: ME-GP-01

3 Processing procedure

<Insert a sleeve>

Put through a sleeve to an end-processed high frequency coaxial cable.

Connector parts

Sleeve Contact Shell

A B

A: 10 mm 0.5 mm

B: 4 mm 0.5 mm

<Crimping contact>

Insert a contact into the internal conductor and crimp.

Put a contact into dice having a diamond shape and closely stick its end surface with the insulator and the dice. Pull the moving frame to the fixing frame side and crimp until the ratchet is removed.

(Crimping width: 2.2 mm)

Internal conductor

Crimping dice

TT- 237

Sleeve

6

Contact

Fixing frame

Widen a little Crimp

Dice blade shape

2.2 mm

Closed contact

* Use the crimping tool in the direction shown in the illustration right.

Using the crimping tool in the reverse direction will not crimp correctly.

To the next page

Moving frame

Insulator

Crimping dice

Contact

Closed contact

6-5

6

From the previous page

<Fixing the connector>

Slightly widen the external conductor of the coaxial cable, which is crimped to a contact on the internal conductor, in order to smoothly enter the shell inside the external conductor. Press in the external conductor end of the coaxial cable to just before the crimping part of the shell and put the sleeve into the crimping section. Then press in the coaxial cable until a "click" sound can be heard. Confirm that the contact end point touches your finger cushion.

Widen a little

Shell

Crimping section

Finger

Sleeve

<Crimping external conductor>

Crimp the external conductor.

Insert thoroughly the sleeve into the crimping section of the shell and crimp.

Put the sleeve in the hexagonal dice and closely stick the shell to the crimping dice. Pull the moving frame to the fixing frame side while pressing the coaxial cable and shell from both sides, and crimp until the ratchet is removed.

(Crimping width: 10 mm)

10

Completely put into the crimping section.

Dice blade shape

Crimping dice

Dice blade shape looking from this side

Push

Closed contact

* Use the crimping tool in the direction shown in the illustration right.

Using the crimping tool in the reverse direction will not crimp correctly.

<Insulation test>

Insulation test of shell and contact

Using a tester, check the conductivity between the internal conductor and the external conductor in the connector.

When the indication of the tester shows

ohms, the insulation is appropriate.

<Conductivity test>

Conductivity test

After short-circuiting the one end of the connector crimped to the coaxial cable, check that conductivity is attained.

6-6

Chapter 7. Wiring Method

7-1 Cable trunk and branch lines

1 On the illustration of the cable wiring below, a bold line means a trunk and the thin lines branched from the trunk with a "T" shape are called branch lines.

Branch line

400mm max.

Trunk cable

2 The length of branch lines branched from the trunk should be within 400 mm.

400 mm Branch line

Trunk cable

3 Total cable length should be within 1 km.

7-2 Relaying of trunk cables

1 To relay trunk cables, use the straight joint (ME-JJ-01).

ME-JJ-01

2Relaying of trunk cables should be limited to indispensable cases only. Inadvertent relaying of trunk cables may cause a communication fault such as a weakened signal level due to contact resistance in the junction connector (straight).

Junction Junction

7

7-1

7-3 Cable wiring procedure in control panel

[1] Fixing of the cable

In order not to put any force on the cable and the

JW-22CM, fasten the cable to an line nearby input of a control panel or a "T" branch point to the JW-

22CM using saddles etc.

[2] Extra length of cable

Provide an extra length of the cable of 2 to 3 m inside a control panel for easier processing of the cable end and easier wiring when changing module positions.

Saddle

Saddle

An extra length of cable of 2 to 3 m

7

[3] Connection to the JW-22CM

The connector to the JW-22CM should be turned right to secure locking, not merely inserted.

Communication cable connection connector

[4] Insulation cover

When the connector touches with a high voltage section or external enclosures, communication errors may occur. Make sure to install an insulation cover.

"T" jacket

(insulation cover)

"L" jacket

(insulation cover)

[5] Grounding of power supply module (JW-22PU/31PU)

Make sure to connect the GND terminal of the power supply module to a class-D grounding.

• If the power supply module is not grounded, the JW-22CM cannot conduct with the ground after turning "ON" the shield ground switch.

In case of AC power supply module (JW-31PU)

Class-D grounding

POWER

INPUT

100-120VAC

L

N

SHORT

GND

HALT

OUTPUT

100-120VAC

(24VDC)

1A

Power input terminal for

85 to 132 VAC

GND (ground) terminal

Halt output terminal

7-2

[6] Minimum bending radius

The minimum bending radius of a signal cable is 45 mm (outside).

R45 more

The specifications from the cable manufacture usually specify a cable bending radius of cable 6 times or more the outer diameter of the cable (approx. 7.5 mm).

[7] ID tag

When more than one JW-22CM is mounted on a single PLC, put identification tags on each cable so that you will not confuse the cable connections between multiple JW-22CM modules.

[8] Protective cap

When you want to transport or store the JW-22CM, put a protective cap on the JW-22CM connector.

7

7-3

7-4 Waterproof and insulation processing of connectors

In order to prevent water intrusion into the "T" branch connectors and the straight connectors, we recommend to wind a self-adhesive tape and provide waterproof processing for them. For insulation purposes, cover these connectors with jackets.

[1] "T" branch connector

To wind a self-adhesive tape, cut the tape at about 10 cm each and start winding from position 1.

Start winding cut tapes from 2 and 3 as well.

2

Self-adhesive tape

1

7

3

T’s

[2] Straight connector

To wind the self-adhesive tape, cut the tape at about 15 cm each and start winding from position

Self-adhesive tape

1

Straight

Remarks

Prior to adhering the tape, clean the surface of the connectors and stick the adhesive side of the tape on the connector surface. Wind to lightly spread on the connector surface, and overlap with the next wrap to half of the tape width. Wind the tape for each wrap evenly so that the connector metal portion is completely covered with the tape.

Be careful not to excessively stretch the tape.

7-4

7-5 Wiring of cables at outside control panels

1 Do not bundle the coaxial cable (the trunk and branch lines) together with power cables, and separate from power cables at least by 100 mm. Do not put the coaxial cable into a power line wired duct. The best way is to put the communication line in an independent duct.

2 Be careful that the coaxial cable does not receive any load by laying under a heavy weight such as other cables.

When other cables run in the same duct as the coaxial cable, run the coaxial cable on the top position.

3 Do not run the coaxial cable outdoors as it may cause damage to the JW-22CM due to inductive lightning or atmospheric charge during lightning.

7-6 Check after wiring

Check the items below after completion of wiring.

Check contents

3

4

1

2

5

6

7

The recommended connector types are used.

The connectors are securely locked.

The connectors are insulated by "T" jacket or "L" jacket.

The recommended coaxial cable type is used.

Bending radius of the coaxial cables are more than 45 mm.

No heavy load is on the coaxial cables.

The coaxial cable is not bundled with a power line cable.

(Away from power line cables more than 100 mm.)

8

9

Length of branch lines is shorter than 400 mm.

Total length of the cable is less than 1 km.

10

Settings of the termination resistance switch and the shield ground switch are as per the drawings.

7

7-5

7

7-7 Wiring method for adding communication station

[1] Branching method

When branching a line for an additional station, be sure to branch from the trunk using a T connector.

Never branch from a branch line.

[2] Station number of the additional station

Station number

02

(8)

Station number

03

(8)

Trunk cable

Branc h line

Addition

Station number

Station number

06

(8)

02

(8)

Trunk cable

Station number

03

(8)

Station number

02

(8)

Station number

Junction

06

(8)

Station number

03

(8)

Branch line

Station number of the newly added station should be next largest number from the current largest numbered station. Each station should not be required to be arranged in order of each station’s number.

00

(8)

01

(8)

02

(8)

03

(8)

04

(8)

05

(8)

00

(8)

01

(8)

02

(8)

Addition

06

(8)

Sequential number

03

(8)

04

(8)

05

(8) means the termination resistance switch being turned "ON."

7-6

[3] Notes

When adding a communication station, follow the items below.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Item

Branch from the trunk cable.

Don’t use the same station number twice.

Check the termination resistance switch.

Provide extra length for the expansion cable.

Do not exceed the 1 km limit for total length of the cable.

Change the layout drawing for installation.

The use of the same station number twice may cause communication errors.

Reason

Another branch line from a branch line may not give appropriate communication by reflection wave.

When the newly added station becomes a termination of the circuit, change the setting of the LT switch.

Have enough cable length in order to provide easy wiring.

Longer wiring may cause communication error by signal attenuation.

Maintain the added work data for future maintenance use.

Do not overlap with any PLC’s communication area.

Set the parameter memory of the master station and that of the newly added station.

When the communication area or the flag area of the added station overlaps with other addresses in use, communication errors may occur.

Without setting the parameter memory of the master station and that of the slave station, the added station cannot communicate.

7

7-7

Chapter 8. Description for Data Link Operation

The data link function is used to send and receive ON/OFF signals (relay link) and data (register link) between modules by assigning one module from PLCs or personal computers as the master station and other modules as slave stations in the satellite net system. Up to 64 sets of PLCs and personal computers can be connected in the satellite net.

Each station sends data in its sending area cyclically and stores data received from other stations in its receiving area. For the JW-22CM to execute automatically these sending and receiving procedures, a special program for communications is required.

When the JW-22CM is assigned as a slave station, it has the standard function and save memory function for data link, but the data contents for receiving from other stations is different between these two functions.

(When the JW-22CM is used as a master station, only the standard function is available.)

When all of a master station and slave stations are JW-22CM

• Master station

• Slave station

Data link (Standard function) Receiving data of all of the relay link area and

Data link (Standard function) all of the register link area of all the stations.

Data link (Save memory function) In order to effectively use the memory, unify a partial data area or sending/ receiving address (program) of slave stations.

For the standard function and the save memory function of the JW-22CM, see page 15-2.

8-1 Communication method

[1] Data link (Standard function)

Each station cyclically sends and receives ON/OFF signals and data of the relay link area and register link area set to a master station parameter.

(1) Relay link

Mainly used for sending and receiving ON/OFF information

[Example] In the case of sending 1-byte data from a master station and slave stations 01 and 02.

0 2 0 0

0 2 0 1

0 2 0 2

Master station (PLC00) Slave station (PLC01) Slave station (PLC02)

: Send

: Receive

PLC00 Program

02000

02010

PLC01 Program

02000

PCL02 Program

02000

02010

02010

02020 02020

02020

• The link relay of the receiving station must be programmed as input signal by the PLC programming. Also, it may be used as source (S) side of application instruction.

• The sending and receiving data correspond in bits of one point unit.

0 2 0 0

0 2 0 1

(Master station)

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(Slave station)

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

0 2 0 0

0 2 0 1

Is the same value as 0200 of the master.

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Is the same value as 0201 of the master.

8

8-1

8

(2) Register link

Mainly used for sending and receiving numerical data.

[Example] In the case of sending 1 byte data from a master station and slave station 01 and 02.

Slave station (PLC01) Slave station (PLC02) Master station (PLC00)

09200

09201

09202

: Send

: Receive

F-00 0000 09200

Register

09200

Register

09200

Register

09201 F-00 0000 09201

Register

09201

Register

09202

Register

09202 F-00 0000 09202

• The register link of the sending station may be used as D (Destination) side of the application instruction of the PLC program.

• The register link of the receiving station may be used as S (Source) side of the application instruction of the PLC program.

[2] Data link (Save memory function)

The save memory function is to provide a part of the data link area in the slave station data memory as a receiving area. A slave station can receive only the required area by relay link/register link so that the slave stations can save on use of the memory area.

As this function can unify the receiving area address and the sending area address of each slave station, the same program can be used for each slave station. Mixed allocation of the addresses with the data link (standard function) is also possible.

Slave station "n" (JW-22CM: Set to save memory function)

Master station 00

Top address of master station link area

: Send

: Receive

Number of offset bytes of slave station "n"

Number of sending bytes of the master station Address

Receiving area from slave station

1 to (n to 1)

Receiving area from slave station

"n"

Top address of slave station

"n" link area

＋

Number of sending bytes of slave station "n"

Memory inside

JW-22CM

Top address of slave station

"n" link area

Memory inside control module

Available setting each slave station

Number of sending bytes of slave station "n"

Addresses are allocated as receiving and sending alternately

• Top address of receiving area in a slave station shall be set by the number of offset bytes from the link area’s top. (0 Number of offset bytes total number of bytes of link area)

Setting item

Top address of master station link area

Number of sending bytes of the master station

Number of offset bytes of slave station

Set location

Master station’s parameter

Number of sending bytes of the slave station

Top address of slave station link area

Number of receiving bytes of slave station

Module No. switch of slave station

Slave station's parameter

8-2

8-2 Required transmission time and communication delay time

[1] Required transmission time

This is the time required for the master station to complete communication with all stations, and is determined by the number of connected stations with and the number of data items to transmit.

Transmission T operation cycle =

N + 136 X P

1250

+ 2.5 X P + + 16 (ms)

N : Total number of link points (value to be calculated by relay link bytes and register link bytes 8 points).

P : Number of connected stations (master + slave)

136 : 136 bits are used for station address and error check data on the communication format.

1250 : Transmission rate: 1.25M bits per second

2.5 : Inter-station wait time plus processing time to move to next station (unit : ms)

: Communication recovery operation time

•When an error occurs at any station, the master station periodically treats the error.

= 3.5 X number of error stations (ms)

16 : Time to maintain token bus. It can enter at random intervals.

[Example] In the case of two connected stations and 8 bytes of link points,

Transmission T operation cycle =

8 bytes X 8 points X 2 stations + 136 X 2 stations

1250

+ 2.5 X 2 stations + 16 = 21.32 ms

I/O processing I/O processing

PLC operation cycle

PLC operation

Data exchange *

PLC operation

Data exchange

Master station

(PLC00)

Slave station

(PLC01)

Ｔ : Send : Receive

* The data exchange time between a PCL and a JW-22CM can be calculated from the following formula.

When a JW-31CUH1, JW-32CUH1, JW-33CUH1/H2/H3, or JW-32CUM1/M2 is used as a control module,

0.5 ms + (0.5 µs x number of bytes being transferred)

When the maximum number of bytes is being transferred (2304 bytes), 0.5 ms + 0.5 µs x

2304 = 1.65 ms.

8

8-3

[2] Communication delay time

The communication data on the satellite net may have the delay shown below.

PLC00 PLC01

8

I / O

PLC00

JW-22CM

ON 1

2

3

4

Operation cycle

(Communication)

JW-22CM 5

PLC 0 1

6

I / O

7

ON

1 Delay of input module

2 Time required for PLC to detect input state (one operation cycle max.)

3 Operation time of sending PLC (one operation cycle)

4 Time to complete sending of operation result (one communication cycle max.)

5 Time required for receiving PLC to write receive data in PLC data memory (two operation cycles max.)

6 Operation time of receiving PLC (one operation cycle)

7 Delay of output module

Communication delay time is the total time of 1 to 7 above.

Remarks

The buffer memory contents of the JW-22CM is renewed for each PLC operation cycle.

Therefore, a contact point which turns "ON" for only one operation cycle of a PLC may not be transferred.

8-4

[3] Data transmission between master PLC and slave PLC

Providing synchronous transfer gives positive data communication.

An example of synchronized transfer by OUT instruction

0 2 0 0

0 2 0 3

Master station (PLC00)

: Send : Receive

Slave station (PLC01)

0 2 0 0

0 2 0 3

Program in master station

00000 F-44 02030 02000

Program in slave station

02000 02030

02000

• 00000 is turned "ON" at the master station side. (OUT02000 is a self-holding circuit.)

• When 02000 is turned "ON" at the slave station side, OUT02030 is also turned "ON." This is sent back to the master station side.

8

8-5

8

8-3 Expansion of network

The JW-22CM can transmit data between 64 stations at maximum. If more than 64 stations are required for data link, you can add communication stations with the procedure below.

[1] Multiple installation of the JW-22CM

Mounting more than one JW-22CM on the basic rack panel of the JW20H/30H/300 can increase the number of stations.

In the case of mounting 4 sets of JW-22CM

Master station

Master station

Master station

Master station

Slave station

01 02 03 04 05 73 74 75 76 77

63 stations max.

Slave station

01 02 03 04 05 73 74 75 76 77

63 stations max.

Slave station

01 02 03 04 05 72 73 74 75 76 77

63 stations max.

Slave station

01 02 03 04 05 72 73 74 75 76 77

63 stations max.

: Master station : Slave station

Slave station number 01 to 77: octal

Remarks

• When installing multiple number of modules on a single PLC, make them allocated so that relay link area, register link area, and flag area may not overlap with each other.

• When installing multiple number of modules on a single PLC, pay attention to the total communication data volume and the number of bytes available for communication area.

• Though more than one JW-22CM can be mounted on single basic rack panel, they cannot directly communicate with other stations beyond one network.

8-6

[2] Hierarchical link

When 2 sets of JW-22CM are mounted on the basic rack panel of the JW20H/30H/300, hierarchical link communication is possible and can increase the number of stations.

Master station

Slave station

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21

63 slave station 63 slave station

Slave station

63 slave station 63 slave station 63 slave station

20 21 22 23 24 25

63 slave station 63 slave station 63 slave station 63 slave station 63 slave station 63 slave station

: Master station : Slave station

Slave station number 01 to 77 : octal

63 slave station

73

63 slave station

74

63 slave station

75

63 slave station

76

63 slave station

７７

Group C

This PLC is the master of group A while serving as a slave in group C.

This PLC is the master of group B while serving as a slave in group C.

Group A Group B

Remarks

• Pay attention to hierarchical link system consisting of more than two levels as it takes time for communication between the stations at the highest level and at the lowest level.

• Though more than one JW-22CM can be mounted on single basic rack panel, they cannot directly communicate with other stations beyond one network.

8

8-7

Chapter 9. Description for Computer Link Operation

When a JW-22CM that is installed on the JW20H/30H is connected to a ZW-98CM or ZW-20AX network module that is installed in a host computer, the JW20H/30H can exchange data (computer link) with the host computer.

Note: When the JW-22CM is connected to a JW300, the computer link cannot be used.

9-1 Computer link function

The host computer communicates with each station number one by one. On the computer link, the host computer can communicate with any required station regardless of whether it is the master or slave station.

1 The host computer instructs station number, communication contents, memory address and data etc. of the communicating station as a "command."

2 The "command" receiving station processes this data and returns the result as "response."

System example

Master station (00) Slave station 01 (8) Slave station 02 (8) Slave station 03 (8)

Command

Response

Host computer

In order to use the computer link function above, the host computer needs program application software. For programming this software, see the instruction manual attached with the network module ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX and the like.

9

9-1

9

9-2 Command

A host computer can use the following commands with a PLC (JW20H/30H) having the JW-22CM.

For details of communication format, refer to instruction manual of network module ZW-98CM and

ZW-20AX of host computer side.

Command

(Command name of command code and BASIC mode)

Monitor of relay

(00

(H)

, MRL)

Setting available address range (octal) and notes for use

JW20H

00000 to 15777 (Relay)

0000 to 0777 (Timer, counter contact)

JW30H

00000 to 15777, 20000 to 75777 (Relay)

0000 to 0777, 1000 to 1777 (Timer, counter contact)

Set/reset of relay

(10

(H)

, SRR)

00000 to 15777

00000 to 15777

20000 to 75777

Monitor current values of registers

(01

(H)

, MRG)

Write to registers

(11

(H)

, WRG)

0000 to 1577, 2000 to 7577, b0000 to b1777, b2000 to b3777,

09000 to 09777, 19000 to 19777, 29000 to 29777

39000 to 39777, 49000 to 49777, 59000 to 59777

69000 to 69777, 79000 to 79777, 89000 to 89777

99000 to 99777, E0000 to E7777

Write same data to registers

(15

(H)

, FRG)

0000 to 1577, b0000 to b1777

09000 to 09777, 19000 to 19777

29000 to 29777, 39000 to 39777

49000 to 49777, 59000 to 59777

69000 to 69777, 79000 to 79777

89000 to 89777, 99000 to 99777

E0000 to E0777, E1000 to E1777

Read file registers

(01

(H)

, RFL)

Write to file registers

(11

(H)

, WFL)

Vary with control module used

- JW-31CUH/H1

- JW-32CUH

- JW-32CUH1

- JW-33CUH/H1

- JW-33CUH2

File 0 (000000 to 035777)

File 0 (000000 to 035777)

File 1 (000000 to 037777)

File 2 (000000 to 177777)

File 0 (000000 to 035777)

File 1 (000000 to 037777)

File 2 (000000 to 177777) or (000000 to 077777)

File 0 (000000 to 035777)

File 1 (000000 to 037777)

File 2, 3 (each 000000 to 177777)

File 0 (000000 to 035777)

File 1 (000000 to 037777)

File 2, 3, 10 to 14

(H)

(each 000000 to177777)

- JW-33CUH3 File 0 (000000 to 035777)

File 1 (000000 to 037777)

File 2, 3, 10 to 2C

(H)

(each 000000 to 177777)

Read current values of timer/counter/MD

(03

(H)

, MTC)

Set/reset timer/counter

(13

(H)

, SRT)

0000 to 0777

0000 to to 0777 (Timer/Counter/MD)

1000 to 1777 (Timer/Counter)

Read system memory

(04

(H)

, RSM)

0000 to 0377 0000 to 0377, 0400 to 2177

Write system memory

(14

(H)

, WSM)

Read program memory

(05

(H)

, RPM)

Write to program memory

(15

(H)

, WPM)

Change timer/counter set value

(16

(H)

CTC)

Vary with the control module and memory module

- JW-21CU

- JW-22CU

000000 to 006777

000000 to 006777

(When using thememory module

JW-21MA/21MO/21ME)

000000 to 016777

(When using the memory module

JW-22MA)

Vary with control module

- JW-31CUH/H1

- JW-32CUH

- JW-32CUH1

000000 to 016777

000000 to 036777

000000 to 036777 or 000000 to 076777

- JW-33CUH/H1

- JW-33CUH2/H3

000000 to 076777

000000 to 076777

100000 to 176777

9-2

Command

(Command name of command code and BASIC mode)

Monitor PLC operation status

(20

(H)

, MPC)

Stop/restart PLC operation

(30

(H)

, HLT/RUN)

Read memory size

(21

(H)

, VLM)

Set memory size

(31

(H)

, SVL)

Read write mode status

(22

(H)

, SWE)

Specify write mode

(32

(H)

, EWR)

Read parameter memory bit

(08

(H)

, PML)

Set/reset parameter memory bit

(18

(H)

, PWL)

Read parameter memory

(09

(H)

PMR)

Write to parameter memory

(19

(H)

, PWR)

Read date

(23

(H)

, MDY)

Set date

(33

(H)

SDY)

Read time

(24

(H)

, MTM)

Set time

(34

(H)

, STM)

Set time correction

(35

(H)

, ACL)

Set secret function

(FB

(H)

, SES)

Setting available address range (octal) and notes for use

JW20H

Parameter address of JW-22CM

Parameter address of JW-22CM

The control module itself should be the JW-22CU

(having clock function).

000000 to 007777

000000 to 007777

JW30H

The control module itself should be the

JW-32CUH/H1, JW-33CUH/H1/H2/H3

(having clock function).

Release secret function

Register password

(FC

(H)

, PAS)

Unable to use Password should be 4 letters of alphabetical and numerical figures

Check secret function

(FD

(H)

, SEI)

9

9-3

Chapter 10. SEND/RECEIVE Function

10-1 SEND/RECEIVE function

Different from the data link, the SEND/RECEIVE functions are functions which exchange the data of the required station of the required time between a PLC and a personal computer or between PLCs.

The SEND function is the function which writes in the data after assigning a station to send data to, and the RECEIVE function is the function which reads out the data.

An example of the SEND function

Master station 00 (8)

Slave station 01 (8)

Slave station 02 (8)

Slave station 03 (8)

An example of the RECEIVE function

Master station 00 (8)

Slave station 01 (8)

Slave station 02 (8)

Slave station 03 (8)

Request to write in

Request to read out

Response

Response

• In this instruction, the function is completed after the target station replies. A special program is not needed in the connected PLC station. If the target station is an upper computer, a program is required for response after decoding the SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

But if the upper computer cannot decode the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, these instructions can not be used.

• The data route for the SEND/RECEIVE functions between the control module and this module is called a "channel." Each module has four channels, CH0 to CH3, and is able to transfer a maximum of 256 bytes of data with each channel. Therefore, four operations of SEND/RECEIVE functions can be executed simultaneously on a ladder program.

[Example]

Control module

JW-22CM

(Slave station 02 (8) )

CH0

CH1

CH2

CH3

Slave station

03 (8)

Slave station

04 ( (8)

Slave station

05 (8)

Slave station

06 (8)

10-2 Communication between two hierarchical layer differences

In the SEND/RECEIVE functions, the JW-22CM can communicate between two hierarchical layer differences of satellite nets.

However, there are the following three limitations for usage:

• The JW20H can not be used as relay stations.

• ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX can not be used as communication target stations.

• The maximum amount of data is 256 bytes.

10

10-1

10

10-3 Starting method

There are the "instruction method" and the "data memory starting method" as the starting method in

SEND/RECEIVE functions.

You can select the starting method in each channel using parameters.

[1] Instruction method

The instruction method is the method which starts the SEND/RECEIVE functions using exclusive instructions (F-202 etc.), and it can be used when the PLC is JW30H/300.

Note: When the PLC is JW20H, the instruction method can not be used.

Exclusive instruction to be used

Description Page

F-202 (OPCH)

F-203 (OPCH)

Specify target station (1 layer: Specify the station number in octal notation)

Specify target station (1 layer: Specify the station number in hexadecimal notation)

10-4

F-206 (EOP1)

Specify relay station and target station

(two hierarchical layer differences)

10-8

F-207 (EOP2)

F-204 (SEND)

F-205 (RCV)

Write data in the target station

Read data out of the target station

10-6

10-7

Refer to page 10-9 to 10-12 for program examples of the instruction system.

[2] Data memory starting method

The data memory starting system is the system which starts the SEND/RECEIVE functions without using exclusive instructions. Set the target station number, data memory address, etc.

on the specified data memory (communication information storage area).

You can increase the amount of data to be transferred in one SEND/RECEIVE operation using multiple connected channels.

- For cases using 1 channel alone, maximum 256 bytes

- For cases using 2 connected channels, maximum 512 bytes

- For cases using 3 connected channels, maximum 768 bytes

- For cases using 4 connected channels, maximum 1024 bytes

Set these channel connections on the parameter => Refer to page 11-23 and 11-34

Setting details in a communication information storage area

In order to assign a communication information storage area (64 bytes), set the top address on the parameter. => Refer to page 11-24 and 11-35

Address

(8)

Top address→

+10

+11

+12

+13

+14

+15

0

+01

+02

+03

+04

+05

+06

+07

+16

+17

+20

G

FLAGS

TIMER

TYPE

ST1

R_SL

ST2 n (L) n (H)

ADR_A(L)

ADR_A(H)

SEG_A

Not used

ADR_B(L)

ADR_B(H)

SEG_B

Not used

Channel CH0 (16 bytes)

64 bytes

+37

+40

+57

+60

+77

*

*

*

Channel CH1 (16 bytes)

Channel CH2 (16 bytes)

Channel CH3 (16 bytes)

* Detail of each area (16 bytes) in channel CH1 to CH3 are the same as CH0.

10-2

ST1

Area

FLAGS

TIMER

G (7th bit)

TYPE

(0 bit to 6th bit)

R_SL

*Input/

Output

Input

Output

Output

Output

Output

Output

Description

Flag (the same as 0735. Refer to the following table for the details.)

Communication monitoring time 001

(D)

(0.1 second) to 255

(D)

(25.5 seconds)

(Initial value 000

(D)

is 1 second.)

Starting instruction. Turn ON to start communication.

Transfer type

00

(H)

: SEND (one hierarchical layer),

01

(H)

: SEND (two hierarchical layer)

02

(H)

: RCV (one hierarchical layer),

03

(H)

: RCV(two hierarchical layer)

For cases with one hierarchical layer, the number of the target station is

00 to 77

(8)

. For cases with two hierarchical layers, the number of the relay station is 00 to 77

(8)

.

- For cases with two hierarchical layer differences, the module number of the next hierarchical layer in relay station. (When the relay station is JW50/

70/100 or JW50H/70H/100H, it represents the rack/slot number.)

- For cases with one hierarchical layer, invalid.

ST2 Output

For cases with two hierarchical layer, the number of the target station is

00 to 77

(8)

. For cases with one hierarchical layer, invalid.

n

ADR __ A

SEG __ A

ADR __ B

SEG __ B

Output

Output

Output

Output

Output

Number of transfer bytes: 000 to 377

(8)

(000

(8)

is 256 bytes)

File address of own station

- JW20H: File address 000000 to 017777

(8)

- JW30H: File address 000000 to 017777

(8)

- JW50H/70H/100H: File address 000000 to 177777

(8)

- JW300: Address n (000000 to 177777

(8)

) => Refer to page 16-26

File number of own station

- JW20H: 0

- JW30H: 0 to 3, 10 to 2C

(H)

- JW50H/70H/100H: 0 to 7

- JW300: file N (00 to 80

(H)

) => Refer to page 16-26

File address of target station (address n)

File number of target station

* Input : Control module = JW-22CM

Output : Control module -JW-22CM

• Contents of FLAGS

Value of

FLAGS

(H)

00

Description

During non-execution

7

0

6

0

Bit details

5

0

4 3 to 0

0 0

90

During communicating. Interval after operating the instruction till the completion.

1 0 0 1 0

40 Normal end 0 1 0 0

60 Abnormal end (communication time-out) 0 1 1 0

E0 Abnormal end (error response) 1 1 1 0

Refer to page 10-13 for program examples in the data memory starting method.

0

0

0

10

10-3

10

10-4 Application instruction using instruction method

This section describes the application instructions (F-202 etc.) that are used in the instruction method of the SEND/RECEIVE function.

The instruction method can be used when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW30H/300.

(The instruction method cannot be used with the JW20H.)

[1] F-202, F-203

F-202

OPCH

Open channel

(1 layer: Specify the station number in octal notation)

F-203

OPCH

Open channel

(1 layer: Specify the station number in hexadecimal notation)

(1) Installed in a JW30H

The F-202 and F-203 instructions when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW30H are as follows.

Symbol

F-202

OPCH

UN

CH･ST file N n

F-203

OPCH

UN

CH･ST file N n

Function

UN

CH

ST file N n

Specify the target station for inter-PLC data communications to be performed across the satellite net (JW-22CM, JW-20CM). These instructions are used in conjunction with the F-

204 (SEND) or F-205 (RCV) instructions.

Use range 0 to 6 : Module number of JW-22CM.(Set value of module No. switch)

Use range 0 to 3 : Channel number for the specified module number. Available for use four times by classifying the same module numbers into CH0, CH1, CH2, and

CH3 in the PLC program.

Use range 000 to 377 (8) , 00 to FF (H) : Communication target station number.

F-202 uses octal and F-203 uses hexadecimal notation.

Use range 0 to 3, 10 to 2C (H) (JW30H)), 0 to 7 (JW50H/70H/100H): Communication target station file number.

Use range 000000 to 177777 (8) : Communication target station file address.

[data top address]

*1

Condition When an input signal is ON. (Not limited to changing from OFF to ON)

Flag Unchanged

*1: If the communication target is a JW300, change "FILE F, n" used with the JW300 to "file N, n" used with the JW30H. => Refer to next page.

(2) Installed in a JW300

The F-202 and F-203 instructions when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300 are as follows.

Please note that the function, CH, ST, operating condition, and flag items are the same as described above (when installed in a JW30H).

Symbol

F-202

OPCH

UN

CH･ST

FILE F n

F-203

OPCH

UN

CH･ST

FILE F n

UN Use range 0 to 7: Module number of JW-22CM.(Set value of module No. switch)

FILE F Use range 0 and 1: Communication target station file number.

*2 n

Use range 00000000 to 37777777

(8)

: Communication target station file (byte) address.

[data top address]

*2: If the communication target is a JW30H and JW50H/70H/100H, change "file N, n" used with the

JW30H etc. to "FILE F, n" used with the JW300. => Refer to next page

• After turning ON the input signal of F-202 and F-203, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the instruction (error flag or carry flag goes ON). If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, when an F-202, F-203 instruction is given next, it will come to a "communication jam," and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF and then ON again for recovery.

• F-202, F-203 instructions must always be used in conjunction with the F-204 (SEND) or F-205

(RCV) instruction.

10-4

Correlation of FILE F, n (JW300) and file N, n (JW30H)

The correlation between the "FILE F, n: When installed in a JW300" and the "file N, n: When installed in a JW30H" settings used for application instructions F-202, F-203, and F-207 is as follows.

File address

(8)

00000000 to 00177777

JW300

FILE F

0

(Except file register)

00200000 to 00377777

00400000

00600000 to 00577777 to 00777777

01000000 to 01177777

01200000

01400000

01600000

02000000 to 01377777 to 01577777 to 01777777 to 02177777

n

[File address]

00000000 to 00177777

JW30H

file N (hexadecimal) n

00 000000 to 177777

[byte address]

00000000 to 00177777

00200000 to 00377777

00400000 to 00577777

00600000 to 00777777

01000000 to 01177777

01200000 to 01377777

01400000 to 01577777

01600000 to 01777777

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

04000000

04200000 to 04177777 to 04377777 to 04577777 04400000

04600000 to 04777777 to 05177777 05000000

05200000 to 05377777 to 05577777 05400000

05600000 to 05777777 to 06177777 06000000

06200000 to 06377777 to 06577777 06400000

06600000 to 06777777 to 07177777 07000000

07200000 to 07377777 to 07577777 07400000

07600000 to 07777777 to 10177777 10000000

10200000 to 10377777 to 10577777 10400000

10600000 to 10777777 to 11177777 11000000

11200000 to 11377777 to 11577777 11400000

11600000 to 11777777 to 12177777 12000000

12200000

12400000

12600000

13000000

13200000 to 12377777 to 12577777 to 12777777 to 13177777 to 13377777

1

(File register)

03600000 to 03777777

04000000 to 04177777

04200000 to 04377777

04400000 to 04577777

04600000 to 04777777

05000000 to 05177777

05200000 to 05377777

05400000 to 05577777

05600000 to 05777777

06000000 to 06177777

06200000 to 06377777

06400000 to 06577777

06600000 to 06777777

07000000 to 07177777

07200000 to 07377777

07400000 to 07577777

07600000 to 07777777

10000000 to 10177777

10200000 to 10377777

10400000 to 10577777

10600000 to 10777777

11000000 to 11177777

11200000 to 11377777

11400000 to 11577777

11600000 to 11777777

12000000 to 12177777

12200000 to 12377777

12400000 to 12577777

12600000 to 12777777

13000000 to 13177777

28

29

2A

2B

2C

2D

24

25

26

27

20

21

22

23

1C

1D

1E

1F

18

19

1A

1B

14

15

16

17

10

11

12

13

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

10

40000000 to 40177777 37600000 to 37777777 80 000000 to 177777

10-5

10

[2] F-204

F-204

SEND

Send Data

Symbol n

F-204

SEND n S

Function

Specify the first address and byte count of the send data for transmission across the satellite net.

Operation S to S + n - 1 Specified station

Use range: 000 to 377

(8)

(256 bytes for 000

(8)

)

[Example of JW300]

004000

F-202

OPCH

2-0-01 FILE 0 004000

F-204

SEND

005 009000

Instruction

STR

F-202

004000

2-0-01

FILE 0

004000

F-204

005

009000

S

Refer to the programming manual of

JW30H/300

Condition Start of an input signal. (OFF -> ON)

S Unchanged

Communication contents

No response from port

[*1]

After operation

Flag

Communication jam

[*2]

Communication busy

(waiting for response from target station)

Zero

007357

Carry

007356

Error

007355

Non-carry

007354

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

1

Normal end

Abnormal end [*3]

(communication error)

Remote station write protected

0

0

1

1

1

1

0

1

1

0

0

0

When the input condition of 004000 changes from OFF to

ON, this instruction sends the contents (5 bytes data) of registers 009000 to 009004 toward FILE 0’s file area beginning with address 004000 (register 009000) on satellite net station 01, via CH0 of module 2.

009000

009001

009002

009003

009004

001

002

003

004

005

Flag

Module No.2

CH0

Send

Response

01

009000

009001

009002

009003

009004

FILE 0

001

002

003

004

005

[*1] In case that the network module of the assigned module number is not installed.

[*2] In case that the channel is used with the other SEND/RECEIVE instruction. This instruction is executed after end of execution of the previously given instruction, and flag sign is changed into "communication busy" from "communication jam."

[*3] In case that response from the target station does not come within the time-out time.

Make sure to use F-204 together with the following instructions.

When making a one layer communication, F-202 or F-203.

When making a two layer communication, F-206 and F207.

After turning ON the input signal of F-204, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the instruction. If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, when an F-204 instruction is given next, it will come to a "communication jam," and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power

OFF and then ON again for recovery.

10-6

[3] F-205

F-205

RCV

Receive Data

Symbol

F-205

RCV n D

Function

Specify the first address and byte count of the send data for transmission across the satellite net.

Operation Specified station D to D + n - 1 n Use range: 000 to 377

(8)

(256 bytes for 000

(8)

)

[Example of JW300]

004003

F-202

OPCH

2-0-04 FILE 0 004000

F-205

RCV

006 019000

Instruction

STR

F-202

004003

2-0-04

FILE 0

004000

F-205

006

019000

D

Condition

Refer to the programming manual of

JW30H/300

Start of an input signal. (OFF -> ON)

When the input condition of 004003 changes from OFF to

ON, this instruction reads 6 bytes of data from FILE 0’s file area beginning with file address 004000 on satellite net station 04, via CH0 of module 2. The data read is stored to registers 019000 to 019005.

D Unchanged

Communication contents

No response from port

[*1]

After operation

Flag

Communication jam

[*2]

Communication busy

(waiting for response from target station)

Nomal end

Abnomal end [*3]

(communication error)

Zero

007357

Carry

007356

Error

007355

Non-carry

007354

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

0

Assign target station

Received data

019000

019001

019002

01

04

07

10 019003

019004

019005

20

30

Flag

Module No.2

CH0

Send

Response

04

009000

009001

FILE 0

01

04

009002

009003

009004

009005

07

10

20

30

[*1] In case that the network module of the assigned module number is not installed.

[*2] In case that the channel is used with the other SEND/RECEIVE instruction. This instruction is executed after end of execution of the previously given instruction, and flag sign is changed into "communication busy" from "communication jam."

[*3] In case that response from the target station does not come within the time-out time.

Make sure to use F-205 together with the following instructions.

When making a one layer communication, F-202 or F-203.

When making a two layer communication, F-206 and F207.

After turning ON the input signal of F-204, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the instruction. If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, when an F-204 instruction is given next, it will come to a "communication jam," and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power

OFF and then ON again for recovery.

10

10-7

10

[4] F-206, F-207

F-206

EOP1

F-207

EOP2

Open channel 1

(1 layer: Specify the station number in octal notation)

Open channel 2

(1 layer: Specify the station number in hexadecimal notation)

(1) Installed in a JW30H

The F-206 and F-207 instructions when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW30H are as follows.

Symbol

Function

UN1

UN2

CH

F-206

EOP1

UN1,CH ST1 UN2

F-207

EOP2

ST2 file N n

Specify the target station for inter-PLC data communications to be performed across the satellite net (JW-22CM, JW-20CM). F-206 (EOP1) are used in conjunction with the F-207

(EOP2), F-204 (SEND) or F-205 (RCV) instructions.

Use range 0 to 6: Module no. of module starts from SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

Use range 0 to 7: Module no. of module from relay station 2 of SEND/RECEIVE instructions. Note: When the relay station 2 is JW50H/70H/100H, it becomes slot number.

Use range 0 to 3: Channel no. of module starts from SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

ST1

ST2 file N n

Condition

Use range 00 to 77 (8) : The relay station 1st station number of SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

Use range 00 to 77 (8) : The relay station last station number of SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

Use range 0 to 3, 10 to 2C

(H)

(JW30H), 0 to 7 (JW50H/70H/100H): File number in the last station of

SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

*1

Use range 000000 to 177777 (8) : File address in the last station of SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

When an input signal is ON. (Not limited to changing from OFF to ON)

Flag Unchanged

*1: If the communication target is a JW300, change "FILE F, n" used with the JW300 to "file N, n" used with the JW30H. => Refer to page 10-5.

Relay 1

Start point Relay 2 Last station

Ｕ

Ｎ

１

CH

Ｕ

Ｎ

２

Ｎ ｎ

(2) Installed in a JW300

ST1

The F-206 and F-207 instructions when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300 are as follows.

Please note that the function, UN2, CH, ST1, ST2, operating condition, and flag items are the same as described above (when installed in a JW30H).

Symbol

F-206

EOP1

UN1,CH ST1 UN2

F-207

EOP2

ST2 FILE F n

UN1 Use range 0 to 7 : Module no. of module that starts SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

FILE F Use range 0 and 1: File address in the last station of SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

*2 n

Use range 00000000 to 37777777

(8)

: File address in the last station of

SEND/RECEIVE instructions.

*2: If the communication target is a JW30H and JW50H/70H/100H, change "file N, n" used with the

JW30H etc. to "FILE F, n" used with the JW300. => Refer to page 10-5.

Make sure to use only the three instructions: F-206, F-207, and F204, or the three instructions; F-206,

F-207, and F-205.

10-8

10-5 Program example of instruction method

[1] Example of 1 hierarchical communication

(1) Example of writing data of 8 bytes to slave station 03 (8)

Module number installing own station JW-22CM: 2

Channel number using own station JW-22CM: 0

Data area of slave station 03 (8) : 0 (file number)

Receive top address of slave station 03 (8) : Register 09000 (file address 004000 (8) )

Send data top address of own station: 1000

Own station register

1 0 0 0

1 0 0 1

1 0 0 2

1 0 0 3

1 0 0 4

1 0 0 5

1 0 0 6

1 0 0 7

Sending data

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

Module No.2

CH0

Send

Response

0 3

(8)

Receiving data

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

Target station register

0 9 0 0 0

0 9 0 0 1

0 9 0 0 2

0 9 0 0 3

0 9 0 0 4

0 9 0 0 5

0 9 0 0 6

0 9 0 0 7

Flag

PLC program (JW30H)

Switch

00000

Sending relay

F-44

↑

14000

F-32

SET

14000

F-202

OPCH

2-0-03

- Set sending relay (14000) file 0 004000

- Module No.2, CH0, station number 03 (8) , file number 0, file address 004000 (8) .

- Send 8 bytes of 1000 to 1007

1000

F-204

SEND

010

Non-carry Error Carry Zero

14000 07354 07355 07356 07357

TMR

000

T000

F-44

↑

Error

07355

Carry

07356

F-33

RST

14000

0010

- Detect non-execution after turning ON power (Flag does not change for 1 second).

- End of execution and the program resets 14000

10

10-9

10

(2) Example of reading data of 8 bytes to slave station 01 (8)

Module number installing own station JW-22CM: 2

Channel number using own station JW-22CM: 0

Data area of slave station 01 (8) : 0 (file number)

Send top address of slave station 01 (8) : Register 19000 (file address 005000 (8) )

Receive data top address of own station: 09000

Assign target

station

Own station register

0 9 0 0 0

0 9 0 0 1

0 9 0 0 2

0 9 0 0 3

0 9 0 0 4

0 9 0 0 5

0 9 0 0 6

0 9 0 0 7

Receiving data

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

Module No.2

CH0

Send

Flag

Response

0 1

(8)

Reading data

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

Target station register

1 9 0 0 0

1 9 0 0 1

1 9 0 0 2

1 9 0 0 3

1 9 0 0 4

1 9 0 0 5

1 9 0 0 6

1 9 0 0 7

PLC program (JW30H)

Switch F-44

↑

00000

F-32

SET

14000

- Set receiving relay (14000)

Receiving relay

14000

F-202

OPCH 2-0-01

F-205

RCV file 0

010 09000

005000

- Module No.2, CH0, station number 01 (8) , file number 0, file address 005000 (8)

- Receiving data of 8 bytes stored register 09000 to 09007

Non-carry Error Carry

Zero

14000 07354 07355 07356 07357

TMR

000

T000

F-44

↑

Error

F-33

RST

14000

07355

Carry

07356

0010

- Detect non-execution after turning ON power (Flag does not change for 1 second).

- End of execution and the program resets 14000

Remarks

Input conditions of F-202/204/205 instructions should keep being ON until finishing execution of the instruction (when error flag or carry flag turns to ON.)

• If the input condition is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, when this instruction is given next, it will come to a "communication jam," and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF and then

ON again for recovery.

Take any measure for the cases below:

• In case that on instantaneous power failure of min. 10 ms occurs and the input conditions turn to OFF.

[Countermeasure] Change the input conditions to a latched relay.

However if you turn OFF and ON the power during execution of the instruction while the input condition is set to a latched relay, the JW-22CM will come to the following state.

F-204/205 instruction processing which is being executed is deleted, and rising edge of input signal can not be detected for the input condition is kept ON so that this instruction can not be executed.

[Countermeasure] All flags (07354 to 07357) are turned to OFF. Detect them with the timer, and operate the next instruction after resetting the input conditions.

10-10

[2] Example of 2 hierarchical communication

(1) Example of writing data in PLC of C through PLC of B from PLC of A

Relay 1 Relay 2

A

Module No. 1

B

Module Module

No. 0 No. 2

C

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4

Module number installing own station JW-22CM : 1

Channel number using own station JW-22CM : 0

Station number of relay 1: 01

Module number of relay 2: 2

Target station number: 04

Data area of target station: 39000 (file 0, file address 006000 (8) )

Sending data top address of own station: 29000

Own station register

2 9 0 0 0

2 9 0 0 1

2 9 0 0 2

2 9 0 0 3

2 9 0 0 4

2 9 0 0 5

2 9 0 0 6

2 9 0 0 7

Sending data

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0

Module No.1

C H 0

Relay station

0 1 0 0

Module

Send

No.0

Response

Module

No.2

Send

Response

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

0 4

( 8 )

Receiving data

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

Target station

register

3 9 0 0 0

3 9 0 0 1

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

3 9 0 0 2

3 9 0 0 3

3 9 0 0 4

3 9 0 0 5

3 9 0 0 6

3 9 0 0 7

Flag

PLC program (JW30H)

Switch F-44

↑

00000

Sending relay

F-32

SET

14000

- Set sending relay (14000)

14000

F-206

EOP1

F-207

EOP2

1-0 01 2

04 file 0 006000

[Own station]

Module No.1, channel number 0, station number 01 of relay station 1, module No.2 of relay station 2

[Target station]

Station number 04, file 0, file address

006000 (8) (39000)

- 8 bytes of 29000 to 29007 F-204

SEND

Non-carry Error Carry Zero

010 29000

TMR

000

14000 07354 07355 07356 07357

0010

T000

F-44

↑

Error

F-33

RST

14000

- Detect non-execution after turning ON power (Flag does not change for 1 second).

- End of execution and the program resets 14000.

07355

Carry

07356

10-11

10

10

(2) Example of reading out data in PLC of A with RCV instruction through PLC of B from PLC of C

Relay 1 Relay 2

A

Module No. 1

B

Module Module

No. 0 No. 2

C

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4

Module number installing own station JW-22CM: 1

Channel number using own station JW-22CM: 0

Station number of relay 1: 01

Module number of relay 2: 2

Target station number: 04

Data area of target station: 39000 (file 0, file address 006000

(8)

)

Sending data top address of own station: 29000

Own station

register

2 9 0 0 0

2 9 0 0 1

2 9 0 0 2

2 9 0 0 3

2 9 0 0 4

2 9 0 0 5

2 9 0 0 6

2 9 0 0 7

Receiving data

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

Relay station (Station No.01

(8) )

Station No.00

(8)

Module No.1

CH0

Relay 1

Module

Send

No.0

Response

Relay 2

Module

No.2

Send

Station No.04

Response

Reading data

(8)

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

Target station

register

3 9 0 0 0

3 9 0 0 1

3 9 0 0 2

3 9 0 0 3

3 9 0 0 4

3 9 0 0 5

3 9 0 0 6

3 9 0 0 7

Flag

PLC program (JW30H)

Switch F-44

↑

F-32

SET

14000

- Set receiving relay (14000)

00000

Sending relay

14000

F-206

EOP1

F-207

EOP2

1-0 01 2

04 file 0 006000

[Own station]

Module No.1, channel number 0, station number 01 of relay station 1, module

No.2 of relay station 2

[Target station]

Station number 04, file 0, file address

006000 (8) (39000)

- 8 bytes of 29000 to 29007 F-205

RCV

Non-carry Error Carry Zero

010 29000

TMR

000

14000 07354 07355 07356 07357

T000

Error

F-44

↑

F-33

RST

14000

0010

- Detect non-execution after turning ON power (Flag does not change for 1 second).

- End of execution and the program resets 14000

07355

Carry

07356

10-12

10-6 Program example of data memory starting system

(1) Example of writing 8 bytes data to slave station 03 (8)

Module number installing own station JW-22CM: 2

Channel number using own station JW-22CM: 0

Data area of target station: 09000 (file 0, file address 004000 (8) )

Sending data top address of own station: 1000 (file 0, file address 001000 (8) )

Top address of communication information storage area: 1100

Own station

register Sending data

CH0

1 0 0 0 0 0 1

1 0 0 1 0 0 2

1 0 0 2 0 0 3

1 0 0 3 0 0 4

1 0 0 4 0 0 5

1 0 0 5 0 0 6

1 0 0 6 0 0 7

1 0 0 7 0 1 0

1 1 0 0

Communication information storage area

1 1 1 7

Module No.2

CH0

Send

Response

03

(8)

Receiving data

Target station register

0 0 1

0 0 2

0 0 3

0 0 4

0 0 5

0 0 6

0 0 7

0 1 0

0 9 0 0 0

0 9 0 0 1

0 9 0 0 2

0 9 0 0 3

0 9 0 0 4

0 9 0 0 5

0 9 0 0 6

0 9 0 0 7

PLC program

Switch

00000

T000

11005

↑

F-08

OCT

F-08

OCT

000

200

1101

1102

F-08

OCT

003 1103

F-08w

OCT

000010 1106

F-08w

OCT

001000 1110

F-08

OCT

000 1112

F-08w

OCT

004000 1114

F-08

OCT

000 1116

11027 11004 11005 11006 11007

1 second for communication monitor time

(TIMER)

Start instruction in SEND of one hierarchical layer

Target station number 03

(8)

Number of transfer bytes 8

Sending top address of own station 1000

Sending file number 0 of own station

Receiving top address 09000 of target station

Receiving file number 0 of target station

TMR

000

F-08

OCT

0010

Detect non-execution after turning ON power (Flag does not change for 1 second)

000 ｺ 1102

End of execution and the program resets 11027

11006

10-13

10

Chapter 11. Setting of Switches and Parameter

This chapter describes settings of switches and parameters (master/slave stations) on the JW-22CM.

11-1 Operation procedure

Start

Set switches of the JW-22CM => See pages 11-2 to 11-4

Install the JW-22CM

Turn "ON" the power of the slave stations

=> See page 5-1

Set parameter of slave stations => See page 11-27

Turn "ON" the power of the master station

Set parameter of master station => See page 11-5

End

Remarks

• Make sure to turn "OFF" the power of the PLC prior to setting the module No. switch and station number switch after installing the JW-22CM.

• Before setting parameters, change the JW-22CM connected PLC's mode (JW20H/30H/

300) to "program mode."

If the JW-22CM is connected to JW20/30H, set JW-22CM's mode to "program mode."

=> Refer to page 11-16 and 11-31

• Make sure to write the set parameters into the EEPROM on the JW-22CM after setting.

=> Refer to page 11-26 and 11-37

11

11-1

11

11-2 Switch setting of master station and slave station

Prior to using the JW-22CM, set the following switches.

(1) Model select switch (SL)

Specify PLC model on which the JW-22CM is mounted.

Setting of the Model select switch

ON

PLC model

JW 300

Mode switch

OFF JW20H, JW30H

01

23

DE

4 56

78

9

A

BC

MODE

(2) Mode switch (MODE)

Set whether the JW-22CM is used as a master station or a slave station as well as the data link type

(standard function or save memory function).

Station

Master station

Data link

Standard function

Setting value of the mode switch

2

(Factory setting: 2)

Model select switch

Slave station

Standard function 2 ON

OFF

SL

Save memory function 3

• Do not set the mode switch to "0," "1," or "4" to "F."

• The computer link function is effective for both "2" and "3" settings.

(3) Module No. switch (UNIT NO.)

(Factory setting:

OFF)

Select error history storage registration area (*1) and data link (save memory function) area for a slave station by setting the mode switches.

For setting the module number switch, do not double the same number with other option modules (including JW-22CM) that are mounted on the same basic rack panel.

1 Setting the mode switch to "2" (standard function)

Setting value of the module No.

switch

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8,9

Error history storage register

JW20H JW30H JW300

E1400 to E1577

E1200 to E1377

E7400 to E7577

E7200 to E7377

E1000 to E1177 E7000 to E7177

E0600 to E0777 E6600 to E6777

E0400 to E0577 E6400 to E6577

E0200 to E0377 E6200 to E6377

E0000 to E0177

Prohibited setting

E6000 to E6177

E5600

to E5777

Prohibited setting

UNIT

NO.

4

6

7 8 9

23

1

(Factory setting: 0)

E

21

3

D C

7

(Rear side)

(Front side)

Setting value of the module No. switch

Data link (Save memory function) *2

Relay link area Register link area

Error history storage register

JW20H JW30H JW300

0

3

4

1

2

5 to 9

1000 to 1077

1100 to 1177

1200 to 1277

1300 to 1377

1400 to 1477

09000 to 09777 E1400 to E1577

19000 to 19777

29000 to 29777

E1200 to E1377

E1000 to E1177

39000 to 39777 E0600 to E0777

49000 to 49777 E0400 to E0577

Prohibited setting

E7400 to E7577

E7200 to E7377

E7000 to E7177

E6600 to E6777

E6400 to E6577

*1: When the JW30H is used, system memory #210=02 (H) shall be set. When JW300 is used, system memory #0213=02 (H) shall be set.

*2: The top address of each link relay area and register link area corresponds to f 1 to f n and g 1 to g n on page 11-8 and 11-9.

11-2

(4) Station number switch (STA NO.)

Make sure to set the master station number to "00." For slave stations, set from "01" to "77" in series with octal notation.

• Maximum amount of slave stations to be connected are 63. As the station number should be assigned by octal notation, setting of the following values causes errors and the JW-22CM cannot communicate.

08, 09, 18, 19, 28, 29, 38, 39, 48, 49, 58, 59, 68,

69, and 78 to 99.

• Be careful that there is no doubly allocated number and no number has been skipped.

STA NO.

4

6

7 8 9

1

23 x10

STA NO.

4

6

7 8 9

1

23

(Factory setting: 00) x1

(Front side)

(5) Termination resistance switch (LT)

When the JW-22CM is at the termination station of the communication line, make sure to set the termination resistance switch to "ON."

Turn ON the termination resistance switches for these two stations.

Switch setting

ON

OFF

Condition of the JW-22CM

Insert a termination resistance

Do not insert a termination resistance

ON

OFF

LT

• When using a termination (ME-75 made by Toko

Denshi) (device to function as terminator) at the end of a signal cable, turn "OFF" the termination resistance switch of the termination station.

(Factory setting: OFF)

Termination Termination

21

4

6

F E D C B A

7

(Rear side)

1 km max.

Termination

(ME-75)

Reference Need for the termination resistance

When a termination resistance is not provided at a communication circuit end, the end of the circuit generates reflection waves. These reflection waves collide with sending signals and abnormal communication may occur. The termination resistance prevents the occurrence of these reflection waves. On the other hand, when an intermediate station has its termination resistance switch turned "ON," this station causes reflection and attenuates signals and causes abnormal communication.

11-3

11

11

(6) Shield ground switch (LG)

For communication lines, use a coaxial cable.

As coaxial cable is an unbalanced circuit, ground its shield by turning "ON" the shield ground switch.

Turn "ON" shield ground switch

Coaxial cable

Turn "ON" shield ground switch

Switch setting

ON

OFF

Condition of the JW-22CM

Conductive between the shield and FG of the JW20H/JW30H/300

Not conductive between the shield and

FG of the JW20H/JW30H/300

21 3

4 5

F E D C B A

7

ON

OFF

LG

(Factory setting: ON)

(Rear side)

Remarks

• Make sure to provide a class-D grounding for the GND terminal of the power module. Without grounding the power module, the JW-22CM cannot become conductive with the ground after turning "ON" the shield ground switch. => Refer to page 7-2.

• Prior to any electric welding around the JW-22CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW-

22CM. While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-22CM, any electric welding nearby the JW-22CM will cause the welding current to the JW-22CM and may damage part of its circuit pattern.

JW-22CM

Coaxial cable

JW-22CM

Turn "ON" shield ground switch

FG

Wrap around current

Note:

Turn "ON" shield ground switch

Rack etc.

Note: In case enough conductivity is not established.

Electric welder

11-4

Parameter settings of master station

11-3 Setting contents of master station parameters

[1] Setting contents

When the JW-22CM is used as a master station, set the following items for parameters.

- Depending PLC model (JW20H/30H, JW300) to mount the JW-22CM, the following items are different.

1. Parameter address => Refer to the following table

2. Support tool usable for setting parameters => See page 14-1

3. Modules to set parameters

When JW20H/30H is used, set parameters to the JW-22CM. When JW300 is used, set parameters to the main body parameter (corresponding option number) to a control module

(JW-3**CU).

- When the JW-22CM is used as a slave station, setting contents of the parameter address

4004 to 4377 (8) (0004 to 0377 (8) ) and 4404 to 4777 (8) (0404 to 0777 (8) ) may vary with the data link setting condition as a slave station (standard function/save memory function).

- For details of the parameter, refer to pages 16-8 to 16-23.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

S e t t i n g i t e m

4

P a r a m e t e r a d d r e s s ( 8 )

J

/

W

3

2 0

0 H

H

J W 3 0 0

0

4

0

0

0

0 t

1 o

0 0

0 0

0

0

0

0

0 t

1 o

Corresponding signs on page 11-7 to 11-9

C o n t e n t s ( s e t t i

0 0

S e t

= > b y f

R e f e r li e t o a d d r p a e s g e s

1

( 8 )

1 1 1 n g r a n g e t o 1 1 1 4

)

T a r s t o p e a a t i a d d r e s s o o n n t h e o f r e l m a s t e r a y il n k

F u n c t i o n a

0

N s

R a d o s t t f u a m t i b o e l a y d r e s il s f s e t a t i o e n n s b r n k y

0 t o o r e

1 f

( a r s

8 ) c n

.

o e n n a u m o n t e c o p b e r t i n g o f s l a v e

R e l a y t o p a o f d d f s r e e t s s b y t o r e s n u o m n b s l e a r o f v e s t a t i o n il n k

0 2 a r e a t o 7 7 ( 8 ) .

T o p a d d r s il n k t a t i a r e o n a e s s o n o f t h e r e g i s t e r m a s t e r

R e g i s t e r s t a t i o n il n k

8 ) .

a r e a t o p a o f d d f s r e e t s s b y t o r e s n u o m n b s l e a r o f v e

0 1 (

R e g i s t e r a o f d d f s r e e t s s b y t o r e s n u o m n b s l e a r o f v e s t a t i o n 0 2 il n k t o a r e a

7 7 ( 8 ) .

t o p

N u m b e r o f il n k m a a r s t e r e a .

o f s s e n t a t i d i o n n g b y t e s r e l a y

4

4

4

0

4

0

0

0

0

0

0

4

0

2

3

7 t o

4 0 1 0

4 3 7 7 t o

0

0

0

0

0 0

0

0

0 0 0 2 0 0 S e t t o r e l a y / r e g i s t e r il n k ( 0 1 ( H ) o n l y ) .

0 0 0 3

0 0 0 4

0 0 0 7 t o

0 0 1 0

0 3 7 7 t o

0 0

S e t t h e m

0 6 a s

4

( t e r

D )

) a m

.

s t a t i o u n t o n o f b y s t a t i o n s d e c i m a l s i n c l u d i n g

( 0 0 2 t o a

0 0

0 0

W h e n a s l a v e

( s s t a t a t i o n n d a r i s d a f u d n a t a c t i o il n n k

) , s b e t y f t li h e e a t o d p d r e a d d r s s ( 8 ) e s s t

= > o 1

S

1 e e

1 4 p a g e 1 1 1 1

W h e n a s l a v e

( s s t a a t i o n v e i s m e a m d a o r y t a il n f n u n u c t i o m b e r n ) o

, f s o e t f f t s h e e t b

0 y

0 t e

0 s

0 0 b y t o d

0 e c i m

0 2 a l s :

5 6 ( D ) k a

-

-

1 a

2 t o a

7 7

4 4

4

0

4

0

0 3 t o

4 4 0 4

4 4 0 7 t o

4 4 1 0

4 7 7 7 t o

5 0

5

0

0

0

0 t

1 o

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 4

0

1

0 0

0 4 0 3 t o

0 4 0 4

0 4 0 7 t o

0 4

0 7

1 0

7 t o

7 7

1 0

0

0

0 t

1 o

0 0

S e t

= > b y

S e e f li e p a a d d r g e e s s ( 8 )

1 1 1 1 t o 1 1 1 4

0 0

0 0

W h e n a s l a v e

( s s t a t a t i o n n d a r i s d a f u d n a t a c t i o il n n k

) , s b e t y f t li h e e a t o d p d r e a d d r s s ( 8 ) e s s t

= > o 1

S

1 e e

1 4 p a g e 1 1 1 1

W h e n a s l a v e

( s s t a a t i o n v e i s m e a m d a o r y t a il n f n u n u c t i o m b e r n ) o

, f s o e t f f t s h e e t b

0 y

0 t e

0 s

0 0 b y t o d

0 e c i m

2 0 a l s :

4 8 ( D ) k

0 0

S

0 e

0 t

0 t

0 h e

0 n u t o 0 m b

0 2 e r

5 6 ( o f

D ) b y t e s b y d e c i m a l s :

N u m o f il n k s b e r l a v e a r e a o f

.

s t a s e n t i o n d i n g

0 1 ( 8 ) b y t e s r e l a y

N u m b o f

7 ( s l a

7 8 ) e r r v e e l a o f s e n s y t a il t i n o n k d i n g b a

0 2 r e t o a .

y t e s

N u o f m b m a e r s t e r o f s r e e g i n d s t i n e r g b il n k y t e s a r e a

5 0

5

0 2

0

2

0 3 t o

0 0

5 0 0 4

5 1 7 7 t o

0 0

5 2

5

0 0

0 t

1 o

0 0

1 0 0 2

1 0 0 3 t o

1 0 0 4

1 1 7 7 t o

0 0

S e t t h e n u m b e r

(

s

W h e t a n d n a r a d s f l a v e u n c t i o s o t n f a

) : b t i y t e s b y d o n

0 0 0 i s

0 0 d a t o e c i m a l s .

t a

0 il

0 n k

2 5 6 ( D ) .

m

W e h e n m o r y a f u s l n a c v t i e s o n ) t

: a t i

0 o n

0 0 i s

0 0 d a t a t o 0 0 il

0 n

3 k

2 (

( s a

D ) .

v e

0 0

1 2

1

0

2

0

0 t

1 o

0 0

S

0 e

0 t

0 t

0 h

0 e n u t o 0 m b

1 0 e r

2 4

( o f

D ) b y t e s b y d e c i m a l s : b b

1 b

2 t o b

7 7

C

C

C t o

2

C

7 7 d

0

0

1

0

To the next page

Initial value (H)

11

11-5

11

Parameter settings of master station

Corresponding signs on page 11-7 to 11-9

S e t t i n g i t e m

P a r a m e t e r a d d r e s s

( 8 )

J W 2 0 H

/ 3 0 H

J W 3 0 0

C o n t e n t s ( s e t t i n g r a n g e )

0

N u o f m b s e r l a v e r e g i s t e r

N u o f m b s e r l a v e r e g i s t e r o f s t s a t i e n o n d i n g

0 1

( 8 ) b y t e s il n k a r e a .

o f s t a t s i e n o n d i

0 n g

2 t b o y t e s

7 7 ( 8 ) il n k a r e a .

q

S e t t i n g t i m e o u t i

S E n s t

N D r u c

/ R E C E I V E t i o n t i m e o f w

S s t e t a t t i i n g o n f u n c t i o n i

P n

L C

S E m

N o

D d e l o

/ R E C f e

E I a c h

V E e

S c e l e h a c n n t e m l i e n t h o d o

S E N D / R E C E I V E f e a c h f u n c t i o n r

T c o o p m s d t o a r a m a t a d d u g e m n i c a e r e a r m s s t i e a o r y e o s n i i n n f o r m a t i o n w h s t e a r n t u i n g s i n g f m e u n t h o c t i o d o f n s

S E N D / R E C E I V E t

C o s t a n n e t i o n c

( t i o n e r r o r s t a t c o u s d e o f o u t s l p a u v t ) e

5 2 0 2

5 2 0 3 t o

5 2

5

0

3

4

7 7 t o

0 0

1 2 0 2

1 2 0 3 t o

0 0

1 2 0 4

1 3 7 7 t o

0 0

0 0

-

(

-

S e t

W h t h e e n s t a

W n d a r h e n n a d a u s f s m b l u l a a v v e r n c e t i e o f s o t n a

) s t a t

: b t i y o

0 i o t e n

0 n s i s

0 i s b y d

0 0 d a a d t t o e a t a c

0 il il i m n k

1 0 n k a l s .

2 4

(

( D ) s a v e m e m o r y f u n c t i o n ) : 0 0 0 0 0 t o 0 0 2 5 6 ( D )

7

7

5

7

6

7

7 7

7

7 7

7

7 7

7

0

5

0

6

7

1 1

7

7

1

7

1

7

0 0

0

1

5 0

5

7

7

3

3

7 t t o o t o t o t o

9

0

1

0

0 0

0 0

0 0

3 5

3 5

3 6

0 1

7 7

0 1

3 6 7 7 t t o o

3 7 1 0

3 7 1 3 t o

0 4 0 0

0 4 0 3 t o

0

0

3 7 0 0

3 7 0 3 t o

0 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

S m e

[ 0 0 1

S e t e t t t h e

( 0 .

t

1 i m s e e c o

.

) u t t o t i m e

2 5 5 t h e

S s e l e t a r t c i n t g i h o d

9 1 ( H ) b y a r

= > e a

R o e f f e f l a g r t o a r p a e g a e

.

h e x a d e c i m a l .

1 1 1 b y

(

1

2 t d

5 n s t r u m e t h c t i o o d n i n m e

C t h o d

H 0 t o

) ] o r

C d a

H 3 t a

( i m e n s t r m u c o r y t i o n

J W 3 0 H / 3 0 0 )

S e t t i n g b y f li

S s t r e t a t i g n g e a a r r e e a a

( e n o f

6 4 u b m b c o y m t e e r m s )

, u i f n s i li e c a s a d d r e s s .

a t i o m n e i n f o r a s s m a e t t i o n t i n g

T u

= > r n

R

O e f

N e r i s a v a li a b l e w i t h o e

.

5 c

1 i m a l s

1 e

c

1

.

4 a t o b i p t a r e p r g e 1 e s

6 e n t i

1 4 , n g

1 6 e a c h

2 2 s t a t i o n .

d

-

-

-

-

-

1 d

2 t o d

7 7 y u

W n u h e t h m b e r e r i t n f h e o r b e o u t p u t o r s m t a a t t i i o n o n n o t

T o p a d d r e s s o f f l a g s h o u l d a r e a

( C o m o p e r a m u t i o n n i c a c o t i o n n d i t a i o n n d m

P o

L C n i t o r f l a g )

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

6

6

6

6

6

3

4

5

6

7

0

E

0

0

8

0

0

1

0

0

3

3

3

3

3

7

7

7

7

7

6

6

6

6

6

3

4

5

6

7

0 0

S t o r e

( m s t e o m o r y r a g e

2 4 t h e b y t e s , n v u a m il d b e w r o f o w n s t a t i o w h a r e e a n o s f e

1 t t i n g b y t o n e f o

0 1 ( H ) ll o w s

.

h e n 0 0 7 7 6 7 ( 8 ) n i n t h e d f l a g i s 8 a

0 r e a

( H ) ) a o t a f

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

L

U o p w p e e r r o o f f f li e f li e a d d r e s s a d d r e s s

I n i t i a l m

2 2 o u

C n

M t v i a l n g o n u t e h w h e n e J W -

(

J W

0 1

2 0 H /

E 0

( H )

3 0 H .

> 0 0 7 7 6 7

(

0 7 4 0 )

8 )

F li e n u m b e r

F l a g o u t p u t ( Y e s : 8 0 ( H ) , N o : 0 0 ( H ) ) e

-

0 i

-

W

J h

S t

W e n a r t /

2

J W 2 0 H / 3 0 H s t o p

2 C M .

o p e r a t i o n

-

J

W r

W i

2 t e

2 C t o E E

M .

P R O M o f o f t t h h e e

7 7 7 7 0 1 -

S b e y l e c t a n h e x a d y o f e c i m

" 0 0 , " a l s .

=

" 0

>

1

R

, " e f

" 0 8 , " e r t o

" 8 0 , " p a g e o

1 r

6

" 8 1 "

1 4

-

W h e n

S t a r t

J W 3 s w i t c h

0 0

3 7 7 7 0 0

W h

0 0 e n

( H )

.

t o

W h s e e n t t

( w h r e i t e ) b i t s p a c r a h a m e n g t e e s r f s , r o s m e t t o

0 0

( t

0 r

1 a

( H n s

) , f e t r h e r e s d e t f r d e o m t a t h li e o f c o p a n t r r a o l m e t e m o r s i s d u l e t o

H ) t t h e o

J W 2 2 C M .

-

Initial value (H)

• 1 to i are equivalent to number of page 11-15.

• Parameter addresses other than above mentioned are reserved areas and prohibited to be changed.

• When the JW-22CM is a slave station, set the top address and the number of sending bytes so that the data can be within the setting range of each area. => Refer to page 11-7 to 11-14.

When any slave stations are except JW-22CM, see the instruction manual (user's manual) of each device.

Remarks

- When the JW-22CM is mounted on JW300, all of the parameter initial values will become

00 (H).

11-6

Parameter settings of master station

[2] Communication area map

(1) In case that setting data link (the standard function) when the master station and all slave stations are JW-22CM’s.

: Send : Receive n = 02 to 77

(8)

Master station 00 (8)

(Data memory)

Slave station 01 (8)

(Data memory)

Slave station n

(Data memory) a

0

C

0 a

1

C

0 a n

C

0

C 1 C 1

C 1

C n C n C n b

0 d

0 d

1 b

1 d

0 d

1 b n d

0 d

1

(Within a total of 2048 bytes) d n d n d n

Flag area e

0

24 bytes e

1

24 bytes e n

24 bytes

• Set the relay link area, register link area, flag area within the setting range nominated in page

11-11 to 11-13, 11-28 and 11-29. However, be careful not to double any address allocation of these.

• Set a 0 to e n for parameters of master station and slave station. => Refer to page 11-5, 11-6 and 27)

Parameter for setting in master station

Top address of relay link area a

0

, a

1

to a n

Parameter for setting in slave station

Top address of flag area (slave station) e

1

to e n

Top address of register link area b

0

, b

1

to b n

Number of sending bytes of relay link area c

0

, c

1

to c n

Number of sending bytes of register link area d

0

, d

1

to d n

Top address of flag area (master station) e

0

.

11-7

11

11

Parameter settings of master station

(2) In case that setting the data link (save memory function) when the master station and all slave stations are JW-22CM’s.

Memory addresses inside control module of slave station continue in order of receiving and sending.

:Send :Receive

C

0 d

0 a n

Master station 00 (8)

(Data memory) a

0 a h

1

0

Slave station 01 (8)

(Data memory)

*1 f

1

(Within JW-22CM) f

1 n = 02 to 77 (8)

(Within control

module) h

1

(Within a total of 64 bytes)

Slave station n

(Data memory) f n

*1

C n

C

1 f

1

+ h

C

1

1 h n f n

+ C n

C n

C n g

1

*1

- Omitted a memory map inside control module.

b n b

0 b

1 i

1 i

1

(Within a total of

512 bytes) d n g n

*1 g

1

+ i

1 d

1 d

1 g n

+ d n d n d n

Flag area e

0

24 bytes e

1

24 bytes e n

24 bytes

• Set the relay link area, the register link area, and the flag area within the settings range of page

11-11, 11-12, 11-14, 11-28 and 11-29. Be careful not to double any address allocation of these.

• Set a 0 to e n , h 1 to i n above for parameters of master station and slave station. Refer to page

11-5, 11-6 and 11-27 and set f 1 /f n /g 1 /g n marked "*1" by module No. switch of the JW-22CM

(refer to page 11-2).

Parameter for setting in master station

Top address of relay link area a

0

, a

Top address of register link area b

0

1

to a

, b

1 n

to b n

Number of sending bytes of relay link area c

0

, c

1

to c n

Number of sending bytes of register link area d

0

, d

1

to d n

Top address of flag area (master station) e

0

.

Parameter for setting in slave station

Top address of flag area (slave station) e

1

to e n

Number of receiving bytes of relay link area h

1

to h n

Number of receiving bytes of register link area i

1

to i n

*2

*2 Number of receiving bytes of slave station (h

1

to h n

, i

1

to i n

)

Select self-setting or "same as number of sending bytes (c 1 to c n , d 1 to d n )" according to parameter 7720 to 7723 (3720 to 3723) of slave station.

11-8

Parameter settings of master station

• Set the receiving area for save memory function within the range of the link area.

0 a 1 Total number of bytes of relay link area -h 1

0 a n Total number of bytes of relay link area -h n

0 b 1 Total number of bytes of register link area -i 1

0 a n Total number of bytes of register link area -i n

• Number of offset bytes can be set exceeding the number of sending bytes of the master station.

a 1 , a n c 0 and b 1 , b n d 0

• Setting example of top address f 1 /f n /g 1 /g n

When the setting value of the module No. switch is "2," f 1 /f n is 1200, g 1 /g n is 29000.

(3) When the master station and slave stations are all JW-22CM's and both data link (the standard function) and data link (the save memory function) are set among slave stations.

Set signs below by the parameters of the master station (page 11-5, 11-6) and the module No.

switch of the JW-22CM (page 11-2).

• An example of a relay link area map for the setting of the data link (standard function) for slave station 01 and the data link (save memory function) to slave station 02.

ａ

2 ａ ｃ ｃ ｃ

Master station 00

(8)

0

0

1

2 ａ ｃ

Slave station 01 (8)

Data link

(the standard function)

1

0 ａ

2 ｆ

2 ｈ

2

Slave station 02 (8)

Data link

(the save memory function)

(within JW-22CM)

(within ｆ

2 control module) ｃ

1 h

2 ｆ

2

+ ｈ

2 ｃ

2 ｃ

2

Total number of bytes of relay link area ( c

0

+ c

1

+ c

2

) 256 bytes c

2

+ h

2

64 bytes 0 a

2 c

0

+ c

1

• An example of register link area map for the setting of the data link (the save memory function) to slave station 01 and 03 and data link (the standard function) to slave station 02.

Master station 00 (8)

Slave station 01 (8)

Data link

(the save memory function)

(within JW-22CM)

Slave station 02 (8)

Data link

(the standard function)

Slave station 03

(8)

Data link

(the save memory function)

(within JW-22CM) ｂ ｄ ｄ ｄ ｇ + ｉ ｄ ｄ i

3

+ i 3 d

3

11

Total number of bytes of register link area ( d

0

+ d

1

+ d

2

+ d

3

) ≦ 2048 bytes

0 ≦ b

1

≦ d

0

+ d

2

+ d

3

0 ≦ b

3

≦ d

0

+ d

1

+ d

2 i

1

+ d

1

≦ 512 i

3

+ d

3

≦ 512

11-9

11

Parameter settings of master station

Example for setting

The master station and slave station 01 and 02 are JW-22CM.

It shows example for setting that slave station 01 is data link (standard function) and slave station 02 is data link (save memory function).

Master station

(Standard)

Slave station 01

0200

(Save memory)

Slave station 02

Off set

(4 bytes)

: Send

: Receive

0210 0210

0214 8 bytes

Relay link area

4 bytes

8 bytes

0220

0224

0233

0223

1000

1004

4 bytes

8 bytes

1013

0400 0400

Off set

(8 bytes)

16 bytes

Register link area

0420

8 bytes

0430

8 bytes

Flag area

0437

0740

24 bytes

Station No.

0767

0770 information

0420

0430

Flag

24 bytes

Station No.

information

0437

0740

0767

0770

Flag

24 bytes

Station No. information

19000

19027

19030

09000

09010

09017

8 bytes

8 bytes

Top address of relay link area

Number of off set bytes of relay link area

Number of sending bytes of relay link

Number of receiving bytes of relay link

Top address of register link area

Number of off set bytes of register link area

Number of sending bytes of register link

Number of receiving bytes of register link

Top address of flag area

Station number information output

Maser station

0210

–

8 bytes

–

0400

–

16 bytes

–

0740

Yes

Slave station 1

(standard)

0200

–

4 bytes

–

0400

–

8 bytes

–

* 0740

* Yes

Slave station 2

(save memory)

** 1000

4 bytes

8 bytes

* 4 bytes

** 09000

8 bytes

8 bytes

* 8 bytes

* 19000

* Yes

No mark -- Setting by parameter of master station

* ------------ Setting by parameter of slave station

** ----------- Setting by module No. switch of slave station

11-10

Parameter settings of master station

[3] Setting range of relay link area, register link area, and flag area

For setting the top address of the master stations relay link, register link, and flag area, use the file address (8) allocated throughout the memory area and set the number of sending bytes of the relay link and register link area within the setting range shown below. Flag areas are allocated by 24 bytes from each top address.

- When a slave station is a JW-22CM and it is set to data link (the standard function), set the top address and the number of sending bytes of the slave station's relay link and register link area within the setting range shown below.

When a slave station is a JW-22CM and it is set to data link (the save memory function), the relay link and register link area of the slave station are determined by the setting value of the JW-22CM module No. switch (page 11-2) as shown below.

(1) When master station PLC is JW20H

JW-22CM and set to data link (the standard function) :

File address

(8)

000000

Byte address

0000

I / O relay

000377

000400

000677

000700

000777

001000

Auxiliary relay

Latched relay

General purpose relay 001577

001600

001777

002000

Time limited contact point of TMR/CNT

003777

004000

004777

005000

005777

006000

006777

007000

007777

010000

010777

011000

011777

0377

0400

0677

0700

0777

1000

1577

Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD b0000 b1777

09000

Register

09777

19000

Register

19777

29000

Register

29777

39000

Register

39777

49000

Register

49777

59000

Register

59777 and set to data link (the save memory function) :

File address (8)

000000

Byte address

0000

001000 Module No. 0

Module No. 1

Module No. 2

Module No. 3

001477

001500

Module No. 4

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

003777

004000

004777

005000

005777

006000

006777

007000

007777

010000

010777

011000

Module No. 0

09000

09777

19000

Module No. 1

19777

29000

Module No. 2

29777

39000

Module No. 3

39777

49000

Module No. 4

49777

59000

015000

015777

016000

016777

017000

017777

Register

Register

Register

99000

99777

E0000

E0777

E1000

E1777 017777 E1777

11

11-11

11

Parameter settings of master station

(2) When master station PLC is JW30H

JW-22CM and set to data link (the standard function) :

File address (8)

000000

Byte address

0000 and set to data link (the save memory function) :

File address (8)

000000

Byte address

0000

Relay

001577

001600

001777

002000

003777

004000

007777

010000

015777

016000

1577

Contact point of TMR/CNT

0000 to 0777

Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD

0000 to 0777 b0000

Register

Register b1777

09000

39777

49000

99777

E0000

Register

035777

000000

037777

000000

177777

000000

177777

000000

177777

025777

026000

027777

030000

035577

035600

Current value of

TMR/CNT

1000 to 1777

E7777 b2000 b3777

2000

Relay

7577

Contact point of TMR/CNT

0000 to 0777

File 1

File 2

File 3

File 10 (H)

*1

*2

*3

*4

001000

001477

001500

Module No. 0

Module No. 1

Module No. 2

Module No. 3

Module No. 4

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

003777

004000

004777

005000

005777

006000

006777

007000

007777

010000

010777

011000

Module No. 0

Module No. 1

Module No. 2

09000

09777

19000

19777

29000

29777

39000

Module No. 3

Module No. 4

39777

49000

49777

59000

015777

035777

000000

037777

000000

177777

000000

177777

000000

177777

File 1

File 2

File 3

File 10 (H)

99777

*1

*2

*3

*4

000000

177777

File 14 (H)

000000

177777

File 14 (H)

000000

177777

File 2C (H)

000000

177777

File 2C (H)

*1: In case of JW-32CUH/H1 (JW-32CUH1 shall be 000000 to 177777 or 000000 to 077777)

*2: In case of JW-33CUH/H1 *3: In case of JW-33CUH2 *4: In case of JW-33CUH3

11-12

Parameter settings of master station

(3) When master station PLC is JW300 function) :

JW-311CU

JW-312CU

00000000

(8) through

00073777

(8)

(30K bytes)

File address (Capacity)

JW-321CU

JW-322CU

JW-331CU

JW-332CU

JW-341CU

JW-342CU

JW-352CU JW-362CU

00000000 (8) 00000000

(8) through

00105777 (8)

(35K bytes) through

00177777 (8)

(64K bytes)

- Relay:

30720 points

(3.75K bytes)

- Contact point of

TMR/CNT:

1024 points

(0.25K bytes)

- Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD:

(2K bytes)

- Register:

(24K bytes)

- Relay:

53248 points

(6.5K bytes)

- Contact point of

TMR/CNT:

2048 points

(0.5K bytes)

- Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD:

(4K bytes)

- Register:

(24K bytes)

- Relay:

180224 points

(22K bytes)

- Contact point of

TMR/CNT:

8192 points

(2K bytes)

- Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD:

(16K bytes)

- Register:

(24K bytes)

File register =>

00200000 (8) through

00277777 (8)

(32K bytes)

00200000 (8) 00200000 (8) 00200000 (8) 00200000 (8) through

00577777 (8)

(128K bytes) through through

02177777 (8)

(512K bytes) 10177777

(8)

(2048K bytes) through

40177777

(8)

(8192K bytes)

When JW300 is used, specify indirect address specification "fileN, address n" to the "register link area and top address of flag area" of the JW-22CM parameters.

As for relationship between JW300 file address (details) and "fileN, address n," see page 16-24 to 16-29.

11

11-13

11

Parameter settings of master station

JW-311CU

JW-312CU

File address (Capacity)

JW-321CU

JW-322CU

JW-331CU

JW-332CU

JW-341CU

JW-342CU

JW-352CU JW-362CU

00000000

(8)

00000000

(8) through

00073777

(8)

(30K bytes)

00000000

(8) through

00105777

(8)

(35K bytes) through

00177777 (8)

(64K bytes)

00001000 (8)

00001077 (8)

00001100 (8)

00001177 (8)

00001200 (8)

00001277 (8)

00001300

(8)

00001377

(8)

00001400 (8)

00001477 (8)

Module No. 0

Module No. 1

Module No. 2

Module No. 3

Module No. 4

Byte address

↓

01000

01077

01100

01177

01200

01277

01300

01377

01400

01477

00004000

(8)

00004777

(8)

00005000 (8)

00005777 (8)

00006000

(8)

00006777

(8)

00007000 (8)

00007777 (8)

00010000 (8)

00010777 (8)

Module No. 0

Module No. 1

Module No. 2

Module No. 3

Module No. 4

009000

009777

019000

019777

029000

029777

039000

039777

049000

049777

File register =>

00200000 (8) through

00277777 (8)

(32K bytes)

00200000 (8) 00200000 (8) 00200000 (8) through through

00577777 (8)

(128K bytes) 02177777 (8)

(512K bytes) through

10177777 (8)

(2048K bytes)

00200000 through

(8)

40177777 (8)

(8192K bytes)

When JW300 is used, specify indirect address specification "fileN, address n" to the "register link area and top address of flag area" of the JW-22CM parameters.

As for relationship between JW300 file address (details) and "fileN, address n," see page 16-24 to 16-29.

11-14

*

Parameter settings of master station

[4] Setting procedure

Set parameters of the master station following the procedure below.

Start operation of slave station PLC [16]

Turn ON the power of master station PLC

Connect support tools [16 ]

[16]

[ ] : Refer to page in chapter 11

1 to i are equivalent to number of page 11-5, and 11-6.

Stop PLC operation [16]

When JW20H/30H is used, data link operation is stopped. When JW300 is used, set the start switch to 00

(H)

.

Set top address of the relay link area on the master station

[17]

[16]

Set data link function [17]

Set number of connecting stations [17]

Set top address of relay link area on slave station 01 to 77 (8) (at standard function)

/number of offset bytes (at save memory function)

[17]

Set top address of register link area on master stations [18]

Set top address of register link area on slave station 01 to 77 (8) (at standard function)/ number of off set bytes (at save memory function)

Set number of sending bytes of the master station relay link [19]

Set number of sending bytes of the slave station 01 to 77 (8) relay link

Set number of sending bytes of the master station register link

[20]

Set number of sending bytes of the slave station 01 to 77 (8) register link

[20]

[20]

Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction

Set PLC model of each station

[21]

[22]

[19]

Select system of each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function [23]

Set top address of communication information storage area when using data memory starting method of SEND/RECEIVE functions

[24]

Set connection status of slave stations [24]

Select whether the station number information should be output or not

Set top address of flag area [25]

[24]

When JW20H/30H is used, write data to the EEPROM and starts operation. When

JW300 is used, set the start switch to 01

(H)

.

PLC operation [26]

End

* When not using SEND/RECEIVE function

11-15

[26]

11

11

Parameter settings of master station

Indications in [ ] of each item mean as follows:

[Example] Stop operation of data link [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

This means to set "stop operation" by hexadecimal and byte unit.

"Run" the slave station PLC

Turn "ON" the power of the master station PLC and connect support tools

Depending on PLC model (JW20H/30H, JW300) on which the JW-22CM is mounted, support tools that can be used for setting JW-22CM parameters, and modules to set parameters (connect a support tool) are different. => See page 14-1.

- When JW20H/30H is used, set parameters to the JW-22CM. When JW300 is used, set parameters to the main body parameter (corresponding option number) to a control module

(JW-3**CU).

The following describes an example of JW-15PG's key operation.

When using a JW15PG for JW20H/30H

When JW-15PG is used with JW300, connect JW-15PG to the control module (JW-

3**CU).

(JW-15PG)

Stop PLC operation (JW-22CM)

Turn to program mode (stop PLC operation). Setting of parameters is only available when the PLC is in program mode.

Stop PLC operation

Select parameter setting mode.

When JW20H/30H is used When JW300 is used

Select initial mode

B

1

(Set parameter)

クリア

CLR

編集

EDIT

A

0

B

1

SW number

(Module No. switch)

，

When JW20H/30H is used, data link operation is stopped.

When JW300 is used, set the start switch to 00

(H)

.

[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

When JW20H/30H is used

Write "00 (H) " to parameter address 7777 (8) and stop operation of the JW-22CM. Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-22CM is stopped.

7 7 7 7

Display the contents of parameter address 7777 by hexadecimals.

モニタ

MNTR

A

0 書　込

ENT

(Write 00

(H)

)

Screen display of JW-15PG

07775 HEX 00

07776 HEX 1F

I PARAM.

>07777 HEX 00

When JW300 is used

Write 00 (H) to parameter address 3777 (8) (start switch).

3 7 7 7

Display the contents of parameter address 3777 by hexadecimals.

モニタ

MNTR

A

0

書　込

ENT

(Write 00

(H)

)

Screen display of JW-15PG

3775 HEX 00

3776 HEX 00

P PARAM. O-SW: 0

> 3777 HEX 00

7777

(8)

(3777

(8)

)

00

(H)

Address in the parenthesis ( ) is when

JW300 is used.

=> The same will be applied from here to below.

Module No. switch = 0

To the next page

11-16

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

Address in the parenthesis ( ) is when

JW300 is used.

=> The same will be applied from here to below.

Set top address of the relay link area on the master station [OCT (octal), word]

Set file address (8) to parameter address 4000 to 4001 (8) (0000 to 0001 (8) ).

[Ex.] In case of setting 0210 (file address 000210 (8) ) => Page 11-10

Display the contents of address

004000

(8)

(When the JW20H/30H)

(Word display)

After converting to octal, write the data 000210.

4000

(8)

4001

(8)

0000

(8)

0001

(8)

000210

(8)

Screen display of JW-

15PG (JW20H/30H)

03774 0 000000

03776 0 000000

I PARAM.

>04000 0 000210

Data link function setting [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

Set "01 (H) (=001 (8) )" in parameter address 4002 (8) (0002 (8) ) and change to "relay/register link" function.

(Byte display)

4002

(8)

(0002

(8)

)

01

(H)

Screen display of JW-

15PG (JW20H/30H)

04000 HEX 88

04001 HEX 00

I PARAM.

>04002 HEX 01

Set number of connecting stations [DCM (decimal), byte]

Set the number of connecting stations (02 to 64 (D) ) including the master station in the parameter address 4003 (8) (0003 (8) ) by octal.

[Ex.] In case of setting in 3 stations (003 (D) ) => Page 11-10.

4003

(8)

(0003

(8)

)

003

(D)

Screen display of JW-

15PG (JW20H/30H)

04001 DCM 000

04002 DCM 001

I PARAM.

>04003 DCM 003

Set top address of relay link area on slave station (01 to 77) (at standard function)/number of offset bytes (at save memory function)

Set in parameter addresses 4004 to 4377 (8) (0004 to 0377 (8) ). These top addresses should not overlap the resister link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module.

Slave station

01

Slave station

77

(8)

4004

(8)

4005

(8)

4006

(8)

4007

(8)

When using JW20H/30H

Lower

Upper

00

(H)

·

In case of standard function, set top address by file address

(8)

.

In case of save memory function, set number of offset bytes.

through through

4374

(8)

4375

(8)

4376

(8)

4377

(8)

Lower

Upper

00

(H)

·

00 (H) : The top address is the same address of the master station regardless of the value set at of 4004 to 4005 (8) (0004 to

0005

(8)

).

80

(H)

: The top address is different from the address of the master

station (Offset is valid).

With the save memory function, set in 80

(H)

.

00

(H)

80

(H)

11

To the next page

11-17

11

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 0200 (file address 000200 (8) ) in parameter addresses 4004 to 4007 (8) (slave station 01) and set 4 (number of off set bytes) in 4010 (8) to

04013 (8) (slave station 02). => Page 11-10

Write 000200

(8)

in parameter addresses 4004 to 4005

(8)

.

(Word display)

Convert to octal figures

Slave station

01

(Byte display)

Write 000

(8)

(=00

(H)

) in parameter address 4006

(8)

.

Write 80

(H)

(the top address is not same as the master station) in parameter address 4007

(8)

.

Convert to hexadecimal figures

Write 00004 (D) (offset 4) in parameter addresses

4010 to 4011

(8)

.

(Word display)

Slave station

02

(Word display)

Write 00

(H)

in parameter address 4012

(8)

.

Write 80

(H)

(offset valid) in parameter address 4013

(8)

.

When JW20H/30H is used

Screen display of JW-15PG (JW20H/30H)

04011 HEX 00

04012 HEX 00

I PARAM.

>04013 HEX 80

Slave station

01

4004

(8)

4005

(8)

4006

(8)

4007

(8)

000200

(8)

00

(H)

80

(H)

Slave station

02

4010

(8)

4011

(8)

4012

(8)

4013

(8)

00004

(D)

00

(H)

80

(H)

Set top address of register link area on the master station

Set on the parameter address 4400 to 4403 (8) (0400 to 0403 (8) ) in the file address (8) . These top addresses should not overlap the resister link area, flag area, or any area used by other option modules.

4400

(8)

4401

(8)

4402

(8)

4403

(8)

When the JW20W/30H

Lower

Upper

File number

Unused (00

(H)

)

File address

(8)

[Ex.] When the JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 0400 (file address 000400

(8)

) in parameter addresses 4400 to 4401

(8) and set 0 (file number) in 4402

(8)

. => Page 11-10.

Display the contents of parameter addresses 4400 to 4401

(8)

Write 000400

(8)

Write 000

(8)

(=00

(H)

) in parameter address 4402

(8)

.

(Byte display)

Screen display of JW-15PG

04400 OCT 000

04401 OCT 001

I PARAM.

>04402 OCT 000

4400

(8)

4401

(8)

4402

(8)

4403

(8)

000400

(8)

00

(H)

Unused (00

(H)

)

To the next page

11-18

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

Set top address of register link area on slave station 01 to 77 (8) (at standard function)/number of offset bytes (at save memory function)

Set in parameter addresses 4404 to 4777

(8)

(0404 to 0777

(8)

). These top addresses should not overlap the resister link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module.

Slave station

01

Slave station

77 (8)

4404

4405

4406

4407

(8)

(8)

(8)

(8)

When the JW20H/30H is used

In case of standard function, set top address by file address

(8)

.

Lower

When JW300 is used, set to "address n." => See page 16-26.

Upper

File number

In case of save memory function, set number of offset bytes.

When JW300 is used, set "fileN." => See page 16-26.

00 (H) : The top address is the same address of the master station

regardless of the values set at of 4404 to 4405 (8) .

through through

4774

4775

(8)

(8)

4776

(8)

4777

(8)

Lower

Upper

File number

80 (H) : The top address is different from the address of the master station (Offset is valid).

For the save memory function, set in 80

(H)

.

00

(H)

80

(H)

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used , and in case of setting 0 (the top address is 0440, the same as the address of the master station) in parameter addresses 4404 to 4407 (8) (slave station 01) and the offset byte number 8 and "offset valid" on the parameter address 4410 to 4413 (8) (slave station 02).

=> Page 11-10.

Slave station

01

(Word display)

Write 0 in parameter 4004 to 4007 station).

(8)

(same as master

(Word display)

Write 00008

(D)

(offset 8) in parameter addresses 4410 to 4411

(8)

.

(Word display)

Slave station

02

(Byte display)

Write 00

(H)

(file 0) in parameter address 4412

Screen display of JW-15PG

04011 HEX 00

04012 HEX 00

I PARAM.

>04013 HEX 80

Write 80

(H)

(offset valid) in parameter address 4413

(8)

.

Slave station

01

4404

(8)

4405

(8)

4406

(8)

4407

(8)

0000

(H)

00

(H)

00

(H)

Slave station

02

4410

(8)

4411

(8)

4412

(8)

4413

(8)

00008

(D)

00

(H)

80

(H)

Set the number of sending bytes of the master station relay link [DCM (decimal), word]

Set in parameter addresses 5000 to 5001

(8)

(1000 to 1001

(8)

).

When the JW20H/30H

(8)

.

5000

(8)

5001

(8)

Lower

Upper

These top addresses should not overlap the resister link area, or the flag area, or exceed the setting range (0 to 256 bytes for each station, 256 bytes for all stations in total).

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 8 bytes => Page 11-10.

Display the contents of parameter addresses 5000 to 5001

(8)

Write 00008

(D)

after converting to decimal.

Screen display of JW-15PG

04774 D 00000

04776 D 00000

I PARAM.

>05000 D 00008

5000

(8)

5001

(8)

00008

(D)

To the next page

11-19

11

11

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

Set the number of sending bytes of the slave station (01 to 77) relay link [DCM (decimal), word]

Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 5002 to 5177

(8)

(1002 to

1177

(8)

) (set in each station, 2 bytes for each station). These top addresses should not overlap the resister link area, or the flag area, or exceed the setting range (0 to 256 bytes for each station, 256 bytes for all stations in total).

When JW20H/30H is used

Slave station 01 (8)

5002

(8)

5003

(8)

Lower

Upper to to

Slave station 77 (8)

5176

(8)

5177

(8)

Lower

Upper

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 4 bytes for parameter addresses 5002 to 5003

(8)

(slave station

01), and set 8 bytes for parameter addresses 5004 to

5005

(8)

(slave station 02). => Page 11-10

Slave station 01

Slave station 01

Slave station 02

Write 00004

(D)

in parameter addresses 5002 to 5003

(8)

.

Slave station 02

Write 00008

(D)

in parameter addresses 5004 to 5005

(8)

.

5002

(8)

5003

(8)

5004

(8)

5005

(8)

00004

(D)

00008

(D)

Screen display of JW-15PG

05000 D 00008

05002 D 00004

I PARAM.

>05004 D 00008

Set the number of sending bytes of the master station register link [DCM (decimal), word]

Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 5200 to 5201 (8) (1200 to

1201 (8) ). These top addresses should not overlap the relay link area or the flag area, or exceed the setting value (0 to 2048 bytes for each station, 2048 bytes for all stations in total).

When the JW20H/30H is used

5200

(8)

5201

(8)

Lower

Upper

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 16 bytes for parameter addresses 5200 to

5201 (8) . => Page 11-10.

Write 00016

(D)

Display the contents of parameter addresses 5200 to 5201

(8)

Screen display of JW-15PG

05174 D 00000

05176 D 00000

I PARAM.

>05200 D 00016

005200

(8)

005201

(8)

00016

(D)

Set the number of sending bytes of the slave station (01 to 77) register link [DCM (decimal), word]

Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 5202 to 5377 (8) (1202 to

1377 (8) ) (set in each station, 2 bytes for each station). These top addresses should not overlap the resister link area, or the flag area, or exceed the setting range (0 to 2048 bytes for each station,

2048 bytes for all stations in total).

Slave station 01

Slave station 77

(8)

5202

(8)

5203

(8) to

5376

(8)

5377

(8)

When the JW20H/30H is used

Lower

Upper to

Lower

Upper

[Ex.] When the JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 8 bytes for parameter addresses 5202 to 5203 (8) (slave station 01), and set 8 bytes for parameter addresses

5204 to 5205 (8) (slave station 02). => Page 11-10.

Slave station 01

Slave station 02

5202

(8)

5203

(8)

5204

(8)

5205

(8)

00008

(D)

00008

(D)

Slave station 01

Slave station 02

To the next page

Write 00008

(D)

in parameter addresses 5202 to 5203

(8)

.

Write 00008

(D)

in parameter addresses 5204 to 5205

(8)

.

Screen display of JW-15PG

05200 D 00016

05202 D 00008

I PARAM.

>05204 D 00008

11-20

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

Only when using SEND/RECEIVE function

Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE function [DCM (decimal), byte]

When the own station uses the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, set the time-out time on each communication target station.

Setting range is 001 (0.1sec.) to 255 (25.5sec.) by decimal. 00 (H) of initial value is 1 second.

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

7520 3520 20 7540 3540 40 7560 3560 60

7501

7502

3501

3502

01

02

7521

7522

3521

3522

21

22

7541

7542

3541

3542

41

42

7561

7562

3561

3562

61

62

7503

7504

7505

7506

7507

7510

7511

7512

7513

7514

7515

7516

7517

3503

3504

3505

3506

3507

3510

3511

3512

3513

3514

3515

3516

3517

03

04

05

06

07

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

7523

7524

7525

7526

7527

7530

7531

7532

7533

7534

7535

7536

7537

3523

3524

3525

3526

3527

3530

3531

3532

3533

3534

3535

3536

3537

23

24

25

26

27

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

7543

7544

7545

7546

7547

7550

7551

7552

7553

7554

7555

7556

7557

3543

3544

3545

3546

3547

3550

3551

3552

3553

3554

3555

3556

3557

43

44

45

46

47

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

7563

7564

7565

7566

7567

7570

7571

7572

7573

7574

7575

7576

7577

3563

3564

3565

3566

3567

3570

3571

3572

3573

3574

3575

3576

3577

63

64

65

66

67

70

71

76

77

72

73

74

75

Initial value: All address 00

(H)

(1 second)

[Ex.] When the JW20H/30H, in case of setting 020

(D)

(2 sec.) in parameter addresses 7501

(8)

(slave station 01) and 7502

(8)

(slave station 02)

Display the contents of address 7501

(8)

Write setting value

Screen display of JW-15PG

07500 DCM 000

07501 DCM 020

I PARAM.

>07502 DCM 020

11

Write setting value in address 7502

(8)

To the next page

11-21

11

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

Only when using SEND/RECEIVE function

Set PLC model of each station [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

Set 91 (H) as communication target station.

PLC of target station

Communication module of target station

ZW-20CM (without JW applied marking)

ZW-20CM (with JW applied marking)

JW-20CM

JW-22CM

ZW model

Not usable

Not usable

Not usable

91

(H)

JW model

Not usable

91

(H)

91

(H)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

7620 3620 20 7640 3640 40 7660 3660 60

7601 3601 01 7621 3621 21 7641 3641 41 7661 3661 61

7602

7603

3602

3603

02

03

7622

7623

3622

3623

22

23

7642

7643

3642

3643

42

43

7662

7663

3662

3663

62

63

7604

7605

7606

3604

3605

3606

04

05

06

07 7607

7610

7611

7612

3607

3610

3611

3612

10

11

12

13

7624

7625

7626

7627

7630

7631

7632

3624

3625

3626

3627

3630

3631

3632

24

25

26

27

30

31

32

7644

7645

7646

7647

7650

7651

7652

3644

3645

3646

3647

3650

3651

3652

44

45

46

47

50

51

52

7664

7665

7666

7667

7670

7671

7672

3664

3665

3666

3667

3670

3671

3672

64

65

66

67

70

71

72

7613

7614

7615

7616

7617

3613

3614

3615

3616

3617

14

15

16

17

7633

7634

7635

7636

7637

3633

3634

3635

3636

3637

33

34

35

36

37

7653

7654

7655

7656

7657

3653

3654

3655

3656

3657

53

54

55

56

57

7673

7674

7675

7676

7677

3673

3674

3675

3676

3677

73

74

75

76

77

Initial values are 91 (H) for all addresses when JW20H/30H is used, and 00 (H) for all addresses when

JW300 is used.

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 91 (H) (JW-22CM) in parameter addresses

7601 (8) (slave station 01) and 7602 (slave station 02). => Page 11-10.

Display the contents of address 7601 (8)

After converting to hexadecimal, write the setting value.

Screen display of JW-15PG

07600 HEX 00

07601 HEX 91

I PARAM.

>07602 HEX 91

Write setting value in addr ess 7602

(8)

To the next page

11-22

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

Only when using SEND/RECEIVE function

Select system in each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function

Select the method of each channel (instruction or data memory starting) on the parameter address

7700 to 7703

(8)

(3700 to 3703

(8)

).

When JW20H/30H is used

7700

(8)

CH0

7701

(8)

7702

(8)

CH1

CH2

7703

(8)

CH3

1. When using channel alone

Channel

Setting value

(H)

00

CH0

Method

Instruction method

80 Data memory starting method

CH1

00

81

00

CH2

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

CH3

82

00

83

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

2. When using connected channels => Refer to page 10-2

In the SEND/RECEIVE function, the JW-22CM can send and receive a maximum of 256 bytes of data for each channel. For the data memory starting method, the amount of communication data can be increased by connecting channels.

Set the data amount with 8X

(H)

(X is 0 to 3, determined depending on which channel is used for the connector.)

When using connected channels, these should be consecutive channels. For example, channel 0 and 1, or channel 2 and 3 can be connected to each other, but channel 1 and 3 can not be connected to each other.

[Example 1] When all channels are used for the data memory starting method (using channel alone)

When JW20H/30H is used

CH 0

CH 1

CH 2

CH 3

7700

7701

7702

7703

(8)

(8)

(8)

(8)

80

(H)

81

(H)

82

(H)

83

(H)

[Example 2] When channel 0 is used for the instruction method, and channel 1 to 3 are the data memory starting method and used connected.

CH 0

CH 1

CH 2

CH 3

7700

7701

7702

7703

(8)

(8)

(8)

(8)

00

81

81

81

(8)

(8)

(8)

(8)

- In this case, channel 2 and 3 can not be used.

If values other than "00

(H)

, 80 to 83

(H)

" are set, they will be ignored.

To the next page

11-23

11

11

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

Only when using SEND/RECEIVE function

Set top address in communication information storage area when using data memory starting method of SEND/RECEIVE functions

Set address of communication information storage area in parameter addresses 7710 to 7713 (8)

(3710 to 3713 (8) ).

Setting range of communication information storage area (64 bytes) is the same as setting range of flag area. => Refer to page 11-11 to 11-14.

When JW20H/30H is used

7710

7711

7712

(8)

(8)

(8)

7713

(8)

Lower

Upper

File number of communication information storage area

This setting is valid by 80

(H)

Set top address of communication information storage area by file address (8) .

(When JW300 is used, set to "address n."

=> Refer to page 16-26.)

When JW300 is used, set "fileN." => Refer to page 16-26.

Set connection status of slave station [bit pattern, byte]

Set "connected slave station as 01 and 02, output error code" in parameter address

7750

(8)

(3750

(8)

).

(Word display)

Display the contents of parameter address 07750 (8)

(when the JW20H/30H is used)

Turn "ON" bit 0 (output error code).

Turn "ON" bits 1 and 2 (connects slave station 01 and

02)

Screen display of JW-15PG (JW20H/30H)

07746

07747

I PARAM.

>07750

Set whether the station number information should be output or not

Set whether the station number information should be output or not on the parameter address

007763 (8) (3763 (8) ).

7763 (8)

(3763

(8)

)

Whether the station number information should be output or not

00

01

(H)

(H)

: Do not output

: Output

- The station number information is output on the next byte of the flag area (24 bytes.)

- This setting is valid when the parameter address is 7767 (8) (3767 (8) ) = 80 (H) .

To the next page

11-24

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

Set top address of flag area

File address: OCT (octal), word

File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte

Set the top address of the flag area (24 bytes) in order to monitor the communication condition and PLC operation condition on the parameter address 7764 to 7767 (8) (3764 to 3767 (8) )

Flag area uses 24 bytes regardless number of connecting stations.

When JW20H/30H is used

7764

(8)

7765

(8)

7766

(8)

7767

(8)

Lower

Upper

File number

Set top address of by file address (8) .

When JW300 is used, set to "address n." => Refer to page 16-26

When JW300 is used, set "fileN." => Refer to page 16-26

00

(H)

: Do not output flag

80

(H)

: Output flag

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, in case of setting 0740 (file address 000740

(8)

), "output flag" in parameter address 7764 to7767

(8)

. => Page 11-10

(Byte display)

(Word display)

Write "000740 (8) " in parameter addresses 7764 to 7765 (8) .

Write 000

(8)

(=00

(H)

) in parameter address 7766

(8)

.

Write 80

(H)

in parameter address 7767

(8)

.

Covert to hexadecimal figures

Screen display of JW-15PG

07765 HEX 01

07766 HEX 00

I PARAM.

>07767 HEX 80

7764

(8)

7765

(8)

7766

(8)

7767

(8)

000740

(8)

00

(H)

80

(H)

11

To the next page

11-25

11

Parameter settings of master station

From the previous page

When JW20H/30H is used, write data to the EEPROM of the JW-22CM and start operation. When JW300 is used, set the start switch to 01 (H) .

[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

When JW20H/30H is used

Write "81 (H) " into parameter address 7777 (8) and write the set parameter contents into the EEPROM of the JW-22CM. Then start the JW-22CM. After starting operation, the setting value changes to

"01 (H) ".

Setting value

(H)

Contents

00 Stop operation of the JW-22CM

7777 (8)

01

80

81

08

Start operation of the JW-22CM

Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-22CM, stop operation

Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-22CM, start operation

Initialize setting values of parameter addresses 4000 to 7777

(8)

Display the contents of address 7777

(8)

Write 81

(H)

Screen display of JW-15PG

07775 HEX 00

07776 HEX 36

I PARAM.

>07777 HEX 81

· Writing time to EEPROM is approximately 0.7 sec. When any error is found for parameter settings, the JW-22CM lights the error code (6F

(H)

) by the indication lamp. To recover from this condition, refer to pages 16-2.

· Written contents into the EEPROM are automatically written to the RAM of the JW-22CM when turning ON the power of the JW20H/30H. At reading, the PLC checks BCC and compares BCC check code of the parameter memory address (7776

(8)

). When an error is found, the JW-22CM lights the error code (6E

(H)

) by the indication lamp.

When JW300 is used

Write 01 (H) to parameter address 3777 (8) (start switch), and transfer the set parameter contents from the control module to the JW-22CM.

PLC operation

Turning a master station PLC to monitor or change mode (PLC operation).

Monitor mode Screen display of JW-15PG

Change mode C00000

>

11-26

Parameter settings of slave station

11-4 Settings of slave station parameters (common for all slave stations)

When the JW-22CM is used as a slave station, set the following items for parameters.

[1] Setting contents

Setting item

1

2

Setting time-out time of

SEND/RECEIVE instruction

Setting PLC model of each station in SEND/RECEIVE function

Parameter address

(8)

JW20H/30H

7500 to 7577

00

JW300

3500 to 3577

00

Contents

Set the time out time by decimal.

001 (0.1 sec.) to 255 (25.5 sec)

7600 to 7677

91

3600 to 3677

00

Corresponding signs on page 11-7 to 11-9

Set the 91 (H) by hexadecimal

3

Select system of each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function

7700 to 7703

4

5

Top addresses in communication information storage area when using data memory starting method of

SEND/RECEIVE functions

Number of receiving bytes of relay link in save memory function

7710 to 7713

7720

7721

6

Number of receiving bytes of register link in save memory function

7

Whether the station number information should be output or not

7722

7723

7763

8

Top address of flag area

(communication and PLC operation condition monitor flag)

7764

7765

7766

7767

00

00

00

00

00

E0

01

00

00

9

When JW20H/30H

- Start/stop operation of the

JW-22CM

- Writing to EEPROM of the

JW-22CM

When JW300 is used

Start switch

7777 01

−

3700 to 3703

3710 to 3713

00

Select instruction system or data memory starting system in CH0 to CH3 (instruction system is available only when JW-22CM is installed into JW30H/300)

00

Setting by file number and file address.

- Setting area of communication information storage area (64 bytes) is same as setting area of flag area.

=> Refer to page 11-28 to 11-29.

3720

3721

3722

3723

3763

3764

3765

3766

3767

00

00

00

00

00

00

Set the number of bytes by decimals. (0 to 64)

- If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same as the number of the sending bytes which is set in the master station

Set the number of bytes by decimals. (0 to 512)

- If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same as the number of the sending bytes which is set in the master station

Store the number of own station in the data memory when setting on 01

(H)

. (storage area of 1 byte follows flag area of 24 bytes, valid when 7767 (8) , 3767 (8) is

80 (H) )

Lower of file address

Upper of file address

File number i h h

1

1 n

to

to i

Initial value when mounting the JW22CM on JW20H/30H.

01E0 -> 007767 (8) ( 0740) e 1 to e n n

00 Flag output (Yes: 80

(H)

No: 00

(H)

)

00 (H) : Stop operation

01

(H)

: Start operation

− 80 (H) : Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation

81

(H)

: Writing to the EEPROM, start operation

08 (H) : Parameter initializing

3777 00

When to set (write) parameters, set to 00 (H) . When the bits changes from 00

(H)

to 01

(H)

, the set detail of parameters is transferred from the control module to the JW-22CM.

Initial value (H)

· 1 to 9 correspond to number of page 11-30.

· Parameter addresses other than above mentioned are reserved areas and prohibited to be changed.

· When any slave stations are except JW-22CM, see the instruction manual (user's manual) of each device.

Remarks

- When the JW-22CM is mounted on JW300, all of the parameter initial values will become

00

(H).

11

11-27

11

Parameter settings of slave station

[2] Setting range of flag area

Flag areas are allocated by 24 bytes from each top address. For setting the top address of flag area, use the file address (8) allocated throughout the memory area and set within the setting range shown below.

Also, the flag area setting range of data link (standard function) is same as data link (save memory function).

(1) When JW20H is used as PLC (2) When JW30H is used as PLC

File address

(8)

Byte address

File address

(8)

Byte address

000000

I / O relay

000377

000400

000677

000700

000777

Auxiliary relay

Latched relay

001000 General purpose relay

001577

001600

Time limited contact

001777 point of TMR/CNT

002000

003777

004000

004777

005000

005777

006000

Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD

Register

Register

Register

0000

0377

0400

0677

0700

0777

1000

1577 b0000 b1777

09000

09777

19000

19777

29000

000000

001577

001600

001777

002000

003777

004000

007777

010000

015777

016000

Relay

Time limited contact point of

TMR/CNT

0000 to 0777

Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD

0000 to 0777

Register

Register

0000

1577 b0000 b1777

09000

39777

49000

99777

E0000

006777

007000

29777

Register

Register

39000

007777

010000

010777

011000

011777

Register

Register

39777

49000

49777

59000

59777

025777

026000

027777

030000

Current value of

TMR/CNT

1000 to 1777

E7777 b2000 b3777

2000

Relay

015000

015777

016000

016777

017000

Register

Register

Register

99000

99777

E0000

E0777

E1000

035577

035600

035777

000000

Time limited contact point of

TMR/CNT

1000 to 1777

File 1

7577

*1

017777 E1777

037777

000000

File 2

*2

177777

000000

File 3 *3

177777

000000

File 10 (H)

177777 *4

000000

177777

File 14

(H)

000000

File 2C

(H)

177777

*1: In case of JW-32CUH/H1 (JW-32CUH1 shall be

000000 to 177777 or 000000 to 077777)

*2: In case of JW-33CUH/H1

*3: In case of JW-33CUH2 *4: In case of JW-33CUH3

11-28

Parameter settings of slave station

(3) When JW300 is used as PLC

JW-311CU

JW-312CU

00000000 (8) through

00073777 (8)

(30K bytes)

File address (Capacity)

JW-321CU

JW-322CU

JW-331CU

JW-332CU

JW-341CU

JW-342CU

JW-352CU JW-362CU

00000000

(8) 00000000 (8) through

00105777 (8)

(35K bytes) through

00177777

(8)

(64K bytes)

- Relay:

30720 points

(3.75K bytes)

- Contact point of

TMR/CNT:

1024 points

(0.25K bytes)

- Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD:

(2K bytes)

- Register:

(24K bytes)

- Relay:

53248 points

(6.5K bytes)

- Contact point of

TMR/CNT:

2048 points

(0.5K bytes)

- Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD:

(4K bytes)

- Register:

(24K bytes)

- Relay:

180224 points

(22K bytes)

- Contact point of

TMR/CNT: 8192 points (2K bytes)

- Current value of

TMR/CNT/MD:

(16K bytes)

- Register:

(24K bytes)

File register =>

00200000 (8) through

00277777 (8)

(32K bytes)

00200000 (8) 00200000 (8) 00200000 (8) 00200000 (8) through through

00577777 (8)

(128K bytes) through

02177777 (8)

(512K bytes) 10177777

(8)

(2048K bytes) through

40177777

(8)

(8192K bytes)

When JW300 is used, specify indirect address "fileN, address n" to the "top address of flag area" of the JW-22CM parameters.

As for relationship between JW300 file address (details) and "fileN, address n," see page 16-24 to 16-29.

11

11-29

11

Parameter settings of slave station

[3] Setting procedure

Set parameters of the slave station following the procedure below.

*1

Turn "ON" the power of slave station PLC

Connect support tools [31]

[ 31 ]

[ ] : Refer to page in chapter 11

1 to 9 are equivalent to number of page 11-27.

Stop PLC operation [31]

When JW20H/30H is used, data link operation is stopped. When JW300 is used, set start switch to 00 (H) .

Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction [32]

[31]

Set PLC model of each station in SEND/RECEIVE function

Select system of each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function

[33]

[34]

Set top address in communication storage area when using data memory starting method of SEND/RECEIVE functions

[35]

*2

Set number of receiving bytes of relay link in save memory function [35]

Set number of receiving bytes of register link in save memory function [35]

Whether the station number information should be output or not

Set top address of flag area [36]

[35]

When JW20H/30H is used, write data to the EEPROM and starts operation. When

JW300 is used, set the start switch to 01 (H) .

PLC operation [37]

End

[37]

*1: When not using SEND/RECEIVE function

*2: When not using save memory function

11-30

Parameter settings of slave station

Indications in [ ] of each item mean as follows:

[Example] Stop operation of data link [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

This means to set "stop operation" by hexadecimal and byte unit.

Turn "ON" the power of slave station PLC

Connect support tools

Depending on PLC model (JW20H/30H, JW300) on which the JW-22CM is mounted, support tools that can be used for setting JW-22CM parameters, and modules to set parameters (connect a support tool) are different. => See page 14-1.

- When JW20H/30H is used, set parameters to the JW-22CM. When JW300 is used, set parameters to the main body parameter (corresponding option number) of a control module

(JW-3**CU).

The following describes an example of JW-15PG's key operation.

When using a JW15PG for JW20H/30H

(JW-15PG)

When JW-15PG is used with

JW300, connect JW-15PG to the control module (JW-

3**CU).

Stop PLC operation

(JW-22CM)

Turn to program mode (stop PLC operation). Setting of parameters is only available when the PLC is in program mode.

Stop PLC operation

Select parameter setting mode.

When JW20H/30H is used When JW300 is used

Select initial mode

B

1

(Set parameter)

クリア

CLR

編集

EDIT

A

0

B

1

SW number

(Module No. switch)

，

When JW20H/30H is used, data link operation is stopped.

When JW300 is used, set the start switch to 00

(H)

.

[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

When JW20H/30H is used

Write "00 (H) " to parameter address 7777 (8) and stop operation of the JW-22CM. Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-22CM is stopped.

7 7 7 7

Display the contents of parameter address 7777 by hexadecimals.

モニタ

MNTR

A

0 書　込

ENT

(Write 00

(H)

)

Screen display of JW-15PG

07775 HEX 00

07776 HEX 1F

I PARAM.

>07777 HEX 00

7777

(8)

(3777

(8)

)

00

(H)

When JW300 is used

Write 00

3

(H)

7

to parameter address 3777

7 7

Display the contents of parameter address 3777 by hexadecimals.

モニタ

MNTR

A

0

(8)

書　込

ENT

(Write 00

(H)

)

(start switch).

Address in the parenthesis ( ) is when

JW300 is used.

=> The same will be applied from here to below.

Screen display of JW-15PG

3775 HEX 00

3776 HEX 00

P PARAM. 0-SW: 0

> 3777 HEX 00

When module No. switch is 0.

To the next page

11-31

11

11

Parameter settings of slave station

From the previous page

Only when using SEND/RECEIVE function

Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE function [DCM (decimal), byte]

When the own station uses the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, set the time-out time on each communication target station.

Setting range is 001 (0.1 sec.) to 255 (25.5 sec.) by decimal. 00

(H)

of initial value is 1 second.

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

7500 3500

Master station

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

7520 3520 20

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

7540 3540 40 7560 3560 60

7501 3501 01 7521 3521 21 7541 3541 41 7561 3561 61

7514

7515

7516

7517

7506

7507

7510

7511

7502

7503

7504

7505

7512

7513 3513

3514

3515

3516

3517

3507

3510

3511

3512

3502

3503

3504

3505

3506

15

16

17

06

07

10

11

02

03

04

05

12

13

14

7522

7523

7524

7531

7532

7533

7534

7525

7526

7527

7530

7535

7536

7537

3522

3523

3524

3531

3532

3533

3534

3525

3526

3527

3530

3535

3536

3537

31

32

33

34

25

26

27

30

35

36

22

23

24

37

7542

7543

7544

7551

7552

7553

7554

7545

7546

7547

7550

7555

7556

7557

3542

3543

3544

3551

3552

3553

3554

3545

3546

3547

3550

3555

3556

3557

51

52

53

54

45

46

47

50

55

56

42

43

44

57

7562

7563

7564

7571

7572

7573

7574

7565

7566

7567

7570

7575

7576

7577

3562

3563

3564

3571

3572

3573

3574

3565

3566

3567

3570

3575

3576

3577

71

72

73

74

65

66

67

70

75

76

62

63

64

77

Initial value: All address 00

(H)

(1 second)

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, in case of setting 020

(D)

(2 sec.) in parameter addresses 7500

(8)

(master station) and 7501

(8)

(slave station 01).

Screen display of JW-15PG

Display the contents of address 7500 (8)

Write setting value

07477 DCM 000

07500 DCM 020

I PARAM.

> 07501 DCM 020

Write setting value in address 7501 (8)

To next page

11-32

Parameter settings of slave station

From the previous page

Only when using SEND/RECEIVE function

Set PLC model of each station [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

Set 91 (H) as communication target station.

Target station PLC

Communication module of remote station

ZW-20CM (without JW applied marking)

ZW-20CM (with JW applied marking)

JW-20CM

JW-22CM

ZW model

Not usable

Not usable

Not usable

91

(H)

JW model

Not usable

91

91

(H)

(H)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

7600 3600

Master station

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

7620 3620 20

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

Address

(8)

JW20H/30H JW300

Station

No.

(8)

7640 3640 40 7660 3660 60

7601 3601 01 7621 3621 21 7641 3641 41 7661 3661 61

7602

7603

3602

3603

02

03

7622

7623

3622

3623

22

23

7642

7643

3642

3643

42

43

7662

7663

3662

3663

62

63

7604

7605

7606

7607

7610

3604

3605

3606

3607

3610

04

05

06

07

10

11 7611

7612

7613

7614

3611

3612

3613

3614

12

13

14

15

7624

7625

7626

7627

7630

7631

7632

7633

3624

3625

3626

3627

3630

3631

3632

3633

24

25

26

27

30

31

32

33

7644

7645

7646

7647

7650

7651

7652

7653

3644

3645

3646

3647

3650

3651

3652

3653

44

45

46

47

50

51

52

53

7664

7665

7666

7667

7670

7671

7672

7673

3664

3665

3666

3667

3670

3671

3672

3673

64

65

66

67

70

71

72

73

7615

7616

7617

3615

3616

3617

16

17

7634

7635

7636

7637

3634

3635

3636

3637

34

35

36

37

7654

7655

7656

7657

3654

3655

3656

3657

54

55

56

57

7674

7675

7676

7677

3674

3675

3676

3677

74

75

76

77

Initial values are 91 (H) for all addresses when JW20H/30H is used, and 00 (H) for all addresses when JW300 is used.

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, in case of setting 91 (H) (JW-22CM) in parameter addresses 7600 (8)

(master station) and 7601 (slave station 01). => Page 11-10

Display the contents of address 7600 (8)

After converting to hexadecimal, write the setting value.

Screen display of JW-15PG

07577 HEX 01

07600 HEX 91

I PARAM.

> 07601 HEX 91

Write setting value in address 7601

(8)

11

To the next page

11-33

11

Parameter settings of slave station

From the previous page

Only when using SEND/RECEIVE function

Select system in each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function

Select the method of each channel (instruction or data memory starting) on the parameter address 7700 to 7703 (8) (3700 to 3703 (8) ).

7700

(8)

When JW20H/30H is used

CH0

7701

(8)

7702

(8)

7703

(8)

CH1

CH2

CH3

1. When using channel alone

Channel

Setting value (H)

00

CH0

Method

Instruction method

80 Data memory starting method

00 Instruction method

CH1

81

00

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

CH2

82

00

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

CH3

83 Data memory starting method

2. When using connected channels => refer to page 10-2

In the SEND/RECEIVE function, the JW-22CM can transfer and receive a maximum of 256 bytes of data for each channel. For the data memory starting system, the amount of communication data can be increased by connecting channels.

Set the data amount with 8X

(H)

(X is 0 to 3, determined depending on which channel is used for the connector.)

When using connected channels, these should be consecutive channels. For example, channel 0 and 1, or channel 2 and 3 can be connected to each other, but channel 1 and 3 can not be connected to each other.

[Example 1] When all channels are used for the data memory starting method (using channel alone)

When JW20H/30H is used

CH 0 7700

(8)

80

(H)

CH 1 7701

(8)

81

(H)

CH 2

CH 3

7702

(8)

7703

(8)

82

83

(H)

(H)

[Example 2] When channel 0 is used for the instruction method, and channel 1 to 3 are the data memory starting method and used connected.

CH 0 7700

(8)

00

(8)

CH 1 7701

(8)

81

(8)

- In this case, channel 2 and 3 can not be used.

CH 2

CH 3

7702

(8)

7703

(8)

81

81

(8)

(8)

If values other than "00

(H)

, 80 to 83

(H)

" are set, they will be ignored.

To the next page

11-34

Parameter settings of slave station

From the previous page

Only when using SEND/RECEIVE function

Set top address in communication information storage area when using data memory starting method of SEND/RECEIVE functions

Set address of communication information storage area in parameter addresses 7710 to 7713

(8)

(3710 to 3713

(8)

).

Setting range of communication information storage area (64 bytes) is the same as setting range of flag area. => Refer to page 11-28 to 11-29.

When JW20H/30H is used

7710

7711

(8)

(8)

Lower

Upper

Set top address of communication information storage area by file address (8) . (When JW300 is used, set to

"address n." => Refer to page 16-26.)

7712

(8)

File number of communication information storage area

When JW300 is used, set "fileN." => Refer to page 16-

26.

7713

(8)

This setting is valid by 80

(H)

Only when using save memory function

Set the number of sending bytes of the relay link in save memory function [DCM (decimal), word]

Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter address 7720 to 7721 (8) (3720 to

3721 (8) ). Setting range is 0 to 64 (D) .

When JW20H/30H is used

7720

(8)

Lower

7721

(8)

Upper

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 4 bytes => Page 11-10.

Display the contents of parameter addresses 7720 to 7721

(8)

Write 00004

(D)

after converting to decimal

Screen display of JW-15PG

07714 D 00000

07716 D 00000

I PARAM.

>07720 D 00004

7720

(8)

7721

(8)

00004

(D)

Only when using save memory function

Set the number of receiving bytes of register link in save memory function [DCM (decimal), word]

Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter address 7722 to 7723 (8) (3722 to

3723 (8) ). Setting range is 0 to 512 (D) .

7722

(8)

Lower

7723

(8)

Upper

[Ex.] When JW20H/30H is used, and in case of setting 8 bytes for parameter addresses 7722 to

7723 (8) . => Page 11-10.

Write 00008

(D)

Display the contents of parameter addresses 7722 to 7723

(8)

Screen display of JW-15PG

07716 D 00000

07720 D 00004

I PARAM.

>07722 D 00008

7722

(8)

7723

(8)

00008

(D)

11

Set whether the station number information should be output or not

Set whether the station number information should be output or not on the parameter address

7763 (8) (3763 (8) ).

7763

(3763

(8)

(8) )

Whether the station number information should be output or not

00

01

(H)

(H)

: Do not output

: Output

- The station number information is output on the next byte of the flag area (24 bytes.)

- This setting is valid when the parameter address is 7767 (8) (3767 (8) ) = 80 (H) .

To the next page

11-35

11

Parameter settings of slave station

From the previous page

Set top address of flag area

File address: OCT (octal), word

File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte

Set the top address of the flag area (24 bytes) in order to monitor the communication condition and PLC operation condition on the parameter address 7764 to 7767 (8) (3764 to 3767 (8) )

Flag area uses 24 bytes regardless number of connecting stations.

When JW20H/30H is used

7764

(8)

7765

(8)

7766

(8)

7767

(8)

Lower

Upper

File number

Set top address of by file address (8) .

When JW300 is used, set to "address n." => Refer to page 16-26

When JW300 is used, set "fileN." => Refer to page 16-26

00 (H) : Do not output flag

80

(H)

: Output flag

[Ex.] When the JW20H/30H, in case of setting 0740 (file address 000740

(8)

), "output flag" in parameter address 7764 to7767

(8)

. (Slave station 01 of page 11-10.)

(Byte display)

(Word display)

Write "000740 (8) " in parameter addresses 7764 to 7765 (8) .

Write 000

(8)

(=00

(H)

) in parameter address 7766

(8)

.

Write 80

(H)

in parameter address 7767

(8)

.

Covert to hexadecimal figures

Screen display of JW-15PG

07765 HEX 01

07766 HEX 00

I PARAM.

>07767 HEX 80

7764

(8)

7765

(8)

7766

(8)

7767

(8)

000740

(8)

00

(H)

80

(H)

To the next page

11-36

Parameter settings of slave station

From the previous page

When JW20H/30H is used, write data to the EEPROM of the JW-22CM and starts operation. When JW300 is used, set the start switch to 01 (H).

[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]

When JW20H/30H is used

Write "81 (H) " into parameter address 7777 (8) and write the set parameter contents into the

EEPROM of the JW-22CM. Then start the JW-22CM. After starting operation, the setting value changes to "01 (H) ".

Setting value

(H)

00

Contents

Stop operation of the JW-22CM

7777 (8)

01

80

Start operation of the JW-22CM

Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-22CM, stop operation

81

08

Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-22CM, start operation

Initialize setting values of parameter addresses 4000 to 7777

(8)

Display the contents of address 7777

(8)

Write 81

(H)

Screen display of JW-15PG

07775 HEX 00

07776 HEX 36

I PARAM.

>07777 HEX 81

· Writing time to EEPROM is approximately 0.7 sec. When any error is found for parameter settings, the JW-22CM lights the error code (6F

(H)

) by the indication lamp. To recover from this condition, refer to pages 16-2.

· Written contents into the EEPROM are automatically written to the RAM of the JW-22CM when turning ON the power of the JW20H/30H. At reading, the PLC checks BCC and compares BCC check code of the parameter memory address (7776

(8)

). When an error is found, the JW-22CM lights the error code (6E

(H)

) by the indication lamp.

When JW300 is used

Write 01 (H) to parameter address 3777 (8) (start switch), and transfer the set parameter contents from the control module to the JW-22CM.

PLC operation

Turning a master station PLC to monitor or change mode (PLC operation).

Monitor mode Screen display of JW-15PG

Change mode C00000

>

11

11-37

Chapter 12. Errors and Countermeasures

The operating condition of the JW-22CM can be monitored using its indication lamps, flags, and the system memory of a JW20H/30H/300.

JW-22CM

12-1 Indication lamps

LED name

Contents

CM Lights during data link operation

SD Lights while sending data

Measure

RD

CD

Lights while receiving data

Lights when detecting carrier

LT Lights when turning "ON" the termination resistance

T Lights during testing

ER Lights at a communication error

FT Lights at time up of the watchdog timer Replace the JW-22CM

LED "1" to "80" indicate error codes when an error occurs. Error codes, their causes, and measures are as shown in the table below.

ON OFF

• Check disconnection of the communication cable

• Check the set contents of switches

• Cheek the set contents of parameters

• Check the power voltage of PLC

LED name

CM SD RD CD LT T ER FT

80 40 20 10 8 4 2 1

Error code

(HEX)

01

02

03

04

11

12

Cause

ROM error, upper CPU

RAM error, upper CPU

2 port RAM error against PLC, upper CPU

2 port RAM error against communication CPU, upper

CPU

ROM error, communication CPU

18

1F

20

21

22

RAM error, communication CPU

Communication LSI error, communication CPU

No response, communication CPU

More than one token detected

Doubled address detected

Fault of sending section

23 Token does not return within the rated interval

- Check the communication cable

- Check for doubled allocation of slave station number

- Replace the JW-22CM

Check the parameter setting

Measure

Replace the JW-22CM

Replace the JW-22CM

Check the communication cable to

2A

2B

2C

30

60

6E

6F

*C1 to

*FF

Over flow of receiving buffer.

Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed.

Flame length error

Media error

Occurs because of a media execution error or noise from outside.

EEPROM error

Switch setting error

BCC error

Parameter setting error

Communication error

- After converting into octal, the lower two digits represent the slave station number of the current error. (Ex. C1 (H) = 301 (8) = slave station 01)

Check the communication cable

Replace the JW-22CM

Check the switch setting

Check the parameter setting

Check the communication cable and slave module

* Prior to displaying the error code C1 to FF (H) , the setting of the parameter addresses 7750 to

7757 (8) (3750 to 3757 (8) ) is required. => Refer to page 16-14 and 16-22.

12-1

12

12

12-2 Flag

Flag area is 24 bytes from the "flag top address" set in the master station/slave station parameters.

[1] Flag table [In case of flag top address is 0740]

Slave station 01 (8)

0740

0741

0742

0743

0744

0745

0746

0747

0750

0751

0752

0761

0762

0763

0764

0765

0766

0767

0753

0754

0755

0756

0757

0760

35

45

55

65

75

05

15

25

35

45

55

65

75

36

46

56

66

76

06

16

26

36

46

56

66

76

37

47

57

67

77

07

17

27

37

47

57

67

77

７ ６ ５ ４ ３ ２ １ ０

07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

27

37

26

36

25

35

24

34

23

33

22

32

21

31

20

30

47

57

67

77

07

46

56

66

76

06

17

27

16

26

45

55

65

75

05

15

25

44

57

64

74

04

14

24

43

53

63

73

03

13

23

42

52

62

72

02

12

22

41

51

61

71

01

11

21

40

50

60

70

00

10

20

34

44

54

64

74

04

14

24

34

44

54

64

74

53

63

73

13

23

33

43

33

43

53

63

73

03

32

42

52

62

72

02

12

22

32

42

52

62

72

51

61

71

11

21

31

41

31

41

51

61

71

01

30

40

50

60

70

00

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

2

3

Master station

1 Communication monitor

Slave station 70 (8)

Master station

Slave station 01 (8)

Operation condition monitor flag [1]

Slave station 70

(8)

Master station

Slave station 01 (8)

Operation condition monitor flag [1]

Slave station 70 (8)

Remarks

- Even a slave station can monitor 24 bytes of flag.

12-2

[2] In the case of a master station

(1) Communication monitor flag

This flag is used to monitor the communication condition with other stations. Non-connected station keeps this flag as "OFF."

Flag

Own station flag

(master station)

Condition for flag operation

When the parameter address 7777

(8)

(3777

(8)

) of the master station is set to

"01

(H)

," and the master station is operating normally.

When the parameter address 7777

(8)

(3777

(8)

) of the master station is set to "00

(H)

."

Improper setting of parameter, BCC check error, or other errors.

Flag operation

ON

OFF

Flag Condition for flag operation Flag operation

Other station's flag

(01 to 77)

Normal communication with slave stations.

Stopped communication or unable to communicate with slave stations.

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "OFF."

ON

OFF

Specific slave station

The master station periodically executes communication recovery operation with the communication error slave station. When the error situation is recovered, the master station returns to normal communication.

All slave stations

(2) Operation condition monitor flag [1]

This flag is used to monitor the operation condition of slave stations when the communication with each slave station is normal.

Non-connected station keeps this flag as "OFF."

Condition for flag operation Flag operation Flag

Own station flag

(master station)

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "ON."

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "OFF."

* ON

OFF

Flag Condition for flag operation

Slave station is operating.

Other station's flag

(01 to 77)

Slave station stops operation (not by an error cause).

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned " OFF.

"

Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is turned to " OFF.

"

Flag operation

ON

OFF

Specific slave station

All slave stations

Not specified

* Even if a master station PLC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-22CM turns "ON" this flag while communicating.

(3) Operation condition monitor flag [2]

This flag is used to monitor the abnormal stop of each slave station when the communication with each slave station is normal.

Non-connected station keeps this flag as "OFF."

Condition for flag operation Flag operation Flag

Own station flag

(master station)

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "ON."

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "OFF."

* ON

OFF

Flag Condition for flag operation

Each slave station is normal.

Other station's flag

(01 to 77)

Any of the slave stations is faulty (caused to be stopped abnormally).

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "OFF."

Flag operation

ON

OFF

Specific slave station

All stations

Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is turned to "OFF." Not specified

* Even if a master station PLC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-22CM turns "ON" this flag while communicating.

12

12-3

12

[3] In the case of slave station 01 to 77 (8)

(1) Communication monitor flag

This flag is used to monitor the communication condition with other stations. Non-connected station keeps this flag as "OFF."

Flag

Own station flag

Condition for flag operation

When the parameter address 7777

(8)

(JW20H/30H), 3777

(8)

(JW300) of each slave station is set to "01

(H)

," and at communicating with a master station normally.

When the parameter address 7777

(8)

of each slave station is "00

(H)

."

When link start switch "00

(H)

" of the master station is OFF.

Flag operation

ON

OFF

Flag Condition for flag operation

Other station's flag

Normal communication with slave station.

Stopped communication or unable to communicate with slave stations.

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "OFF."

Flag operation

ON Specific slave station

OFF

All stations

(2) Operation condition monitor flag [1]

This flag is used to monitor the operation condition of each station when the communication with each station is normal.

Non-connected station keeps this flag as "OFF."

Flag Condition for flag operation Flag operation

Own station flag

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "ON."

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "OFF."

* ON

OFF

Flag Condition for flag operation

Slave station is operating.

Other station's flag

Slave station stops operation (not by an error cause).

Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned "OFF."

Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is turned to "OFF."

Flag operation

ON

OFF

Specific slave station

All slave stations

Not specified

* Even if the own station PLC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-22CM turns "ON" this flag while communicating.

(3) Operation condition monitor flag [2]

This flag is used to monitor the abnormal stop of each station when the communication with each station is normal.

Non-connected station keeps this flag as "OFF."

Flag Condition for flag operation Flag operation

Own station flag

Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned "ON."

Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned "OFF."

* ON

OFF

Flag Condition for flag operation

Each station is normal.

Other station's flag

Any of the stations is faulty (caused to be stopped abnormally)

Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned "OFF."

Flag operation

ON

OFF

Specific slave station

All stations

Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is turned to "OFF." Not specified

* Even if a own station PLC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-22CM turns

"ON" this flag while communicating.

12-4

[4] Monitor operation condition by each station PLC

By creating a program having the flags shown below in each station’s PLC, the JW-22CM can monitor the operation condition of each station's PLC.

[Ex.] In this case, the flag top address is 0740

Flag top address

0740 to

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 to to to to to to to to

0747

0750 to

7 7 7 6 7 5 7 4 7 3 7 2 7 1 7 0

0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 to to to to to to to to

0757

0760 to

0767

Master station

(1) Communication monitor flag

Slave station 70

(8)

(2) Operation condition monitor flag [1]

7 7 7 6 7 5 7 4 7 3 7 2 7 1 7 0

0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 to to to to to to to to

7 7 7 6 7 5 7 4 7 3 7 2 7 1 7 0

Slave station 01 Slave station 01 Slave station 01

(3) Op eration condition monitor flag [2]

Slave station 01 normal operation

Communication monitor Operation condition [1] Operation condition [2]

07401 07501 07601

12

12-5

12

12-3 Storage of error code

When an error occurs on the JW-22CM, the following error codes are stored in the error history storage register in PLC system memory (#170 to 177, #160 to 167).

Storage detail

System memory

Detailed page

Error code of an option module

Error code of the self diagnosis result

Monitor of an abnormal switch number

Error history storage register

JW20H JW30H

# 170 to 177

# 160 to 167

JW300

# 050 # 150

E0000 to E1577 E6000 to E7577 E5600 to E7577

12-7

12-8

11

12

18

1F

Error code

(HEX)

01

02

03

04

Error code stored to system memory

Cause

ROM error, upper CPU

RAM error, upper CPU

2 port RAM error against PLC, upper CPU

2 port RAM error against communication CPU, upper

#160 to #167 #170 to 177

53 (H)

CPU

ROM error, communication CPU

RAM error, communication CPU

Communication LSI error, communication CPU

No response

More than one token detected

1F

20

(H)

(H) 20

21

22

Doubled address detected

Fault of sending section

21

22

(H)

(H)

Measure

Replace the JW-22CM

- Check the communication cable

- Check for doubled allocation of slave station number

- Replace the JW-22CM

Check the switch setting

- Replace the JW-22CM

23 Token does not return within the rated interval 23 (H)

- Check the communication cable

2B

2C

30

60

6E

6F

C1 to

2A

Over flow of receiving buffer.

- Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed.

Flame length error

Media error

- Occurs because of a media execution error or noise from outside.

EEPROM error

Switch setting error

BCC error

Parameter setting error

Communication error

- After converting into octal, the lower two digits represent the slave station number of the current error. (Ex. C1 (H) = 301 (8) = slave station 01)

2A (H)

2B

(H)

2C

(H)

30

(H)

60

(H)

6E

(H)

6F

(H)

C1

(H) to

FF

(H)

Check the communication cable

Replace the JW-22CM

Check the switch setting

Check the parameter setting

Check the communication cable and slave module

FF

In some cases, error code 23 (H) or 2A (H) is stored when inputting power. This is not an error.

12-6

(1) System memory #170 to #177 -- Error code of an option module

The error code stored in the system memory #170 is shifted to #170 to #177 one after the other as new errors occur. Thus, the system memory can store up to 8 errors. When the PLC is operating by RAM, these error codes do not disappear even after turning OFF the power.

The contents of system memory #170 to #177 are kept storing after the JW-22CM recovers from the error.

#177 #176 #175 #174 #173 #172 #171 #170

6E

(H)

Occurrence of BCC error

Disappear

6E (H) 6F (H) Occurrence of parameter setting error

(2) System memory #160 to 167 -- Error code of self diagnosis result

When any of errors "01 (H) " to "18 (H) " occurs among the error codes, the JW-22CM stores error code "53 (H) " (option error) in the system memory #160. Shifted to #160 to #167 one of after the other as new errors occur. Thus, the system memory can store up to 8 errors. It does not store any error code in system memory #170.

(3) System memory #050 (JW20H/30H), #150 (JW300) -- Monitor of an abnormal switch number

When you monitor the system memory #050 (JW20H/30H), #150 (JW300) at the occurrence of error code "53 (H) ," bit of the error causing option module (module No. switch setting value) turns ON it. When more than one module has an error, multiple bits turn ON. When these modules are recovered, each corresponding bit turns OFF one by one. However, the last recovered bit will not turn OFF.

Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

#050 (JW20H/30H)

#150 (JW300)

Module No. switch setting value of the error causing option module

4

5

6

2

3

0

1

[Ex.] In the case below, an option module having the module No. switch setting value as "2" is an error.

#050 (JW20H/30H)

#150 (JW300)

7

0

6

0

5

0

4

0

3

0

2

1

1

0

0

0

12

12-7

12

(4) Error history

When an error occurs on the JW-22CM, it stores error history to the register. Area to store is determined by the module number switch on the JW-22CM.

Set value of module number switch

Error history storage register

JW20H JW30H JW300 *1

0

1

2

E1400 to E1577

E1200 to E1377

E1000 to E1177

E7400 to E7577

E7200 to E7377

E7000 to E7177

5

6

3

4

7

8, 9

*2

*2

E0600 to E0777

E0400 to E0577

E0200 to E0377

E0000 to E0177

Prohibited to set

E6600 to E6777

E6400 to E6577

E6200 to E6377

E6000 to E6177

E5600 to

E5777

Prohibited to set

*2

*1: When JW30H is used, set system memory #210=02 (H) .

When JW300 is used, set system memory #0213=02 (H) .

*2: Valid only when the JW-22CM mode switch is set to "2:

Standard function."

Error history storage area (128 bytes) are divided into 8 (16 bytes each), and it can store errors up to 8 times in order of error occurrence timing.

When the number of errors occurred exceeds 9, the first stored error data will be erased.

Register *3 address

1st time 2nd time 9th time

E1200

E1220

E1240

E1260

E1300

E1320

E1340

E1360

E1377

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

1st time

00

00

00

00

00

00

8th time

7th time

6th time

5th time

4th time

3rd time

2nd time

*3: The left register addresses are true when the module number switch is set to "1" on theJW20H.

Erase 1st time data

Details of each error data (16 bytes) are as follows.

When JW20H/30H is used

Address (*4) Details Remarks n+0 n+1 n+2 n+3 n+4 n+5 n+6 n+7

(E1200)

(E1201)

(E1202)

(E1203)

(E1204)

(E1205)

(E1206)

(E1207)

Second

Minute

Time

Date

Month

Error occurred date and time

Year

Day of the week

Error code

Error code of the JW-22CM

- When control module of JW20H/30H is JW-

21CU/31CUH/31CUH1, ignore 1 to 7th byte data.

- JW-21CU/31CUH/31CUH1 do not have clock function so that they cannot store correct data.

Store error code => See page 12-6.

n+10

(8) (E1210) n+11

(8) (E1211)

Number of error occurrences

000 to 377

(8) n+12

(8) to n+17

(8)

(E1212)

(E1217)

*4: When the top address is E1200 (JW20H)

- If the same error occurs, the JW-22CM counts it

377 (8) times. From 400 (8) th time, the number will remain 377 (8) . (Date and time error occurred is date and time the first error was occurred.)

12-8

When JW300 is used

Address (*5) n+0 n+1 n+2 n+3 n+4 n+5 n+6 n+7 n+10 n+11 n+12

(8)

(8)

(8) n+13

(8) n+14

(8) n+15

(8) n+16

(8) n+17

(8)

Details Remarks

(E7200)

(E7201)

(E7202)

(E7203)

(E7204)

(E7205)

Second

Minute

Time

Date

Month

Year

The fist error occurred date and time.

(E7206)

(E7207)

Day of the week

Error code

Error code of the JW-22CM

Store error code => See page 12-6.

(E7210)

(E7211)

(E7212)

(E7213)

(E7214)

(E7215)

(E7216)

(E7217)

Number of error occurrences

000 to 377

(8)

- If the same error occurs, the JW-22CM counts it

377

(8)

times. From 400

(8) th time, the number will remain 377

(8)

. (Date and time error occurred is date and time the first error was occurred.)

Second

Minute

Time

Date

The last error occurred date and time.

Month

Year

*5: When the top address is E7200

12

12-9

Chapter 13. Replacement of the JW-22CM

When you want to change the JW-22CM due to an operation fault (lighting FT lamp) etc., follow the procedures below.

(Make sure to store the set parameters onto the storage medium using a support tools. )

Operation procedure

Start

Turn "OFF" the JW20H/30H/300's power

Remove the cables from the JW-22CM

Remove the JW-22CM from the rack panel

Set the switches of the new JW-22CM

Loosen one retention screw and take out from the rack panel.

=> Refer to Chapter 11

Install the new JW-22CM

=> Refer to page 5-1

Connect the cables to the new JW-22CM

Turn "ON" the JW20H/30H/300's power

When JW20H/30H is used, load the parameters.

Load the parameters stored in the storage medium into the new JW-22CM by support tool and write in the EEPROM, then start operation.

End

13

13-1

Chapter 14. Support Tools

This chapter describes the support tools that are used for setting parameters in the JW-22CM (with the 300 marking), and the support tools for remote programming and remote monitoring.

14-1 Set parameters of JW-22CM

The correct support tools for setting parameters in the JW-22CM and various modules (modules that can connect to a support tool) depend on the specific PLC model (JW20H/30H/300) in which the JW-22CM is installed.

t

P L C h e i n w h i c h

J W 2 2 C M i s i n s t a l l e d

P a r a m e t e r o f J W 2 2 C M

S u p p o r t t o o l s u s e d t o s e t J W 2 2 C M p a r a m e t e r s

M o p a d u l e r a m e i n t e r w h i c h s c a n b e s e t

J W 2 0 H

J W 1 5 P G ,

J W 3 0 0 S P ,

J W 1 4 P G (

J W 1 0 0 S P h

( a n d l a d d h e l d e r l p o g r o i c g r p r a m m e r ) o g r a m m i n g

J W 5 2 S P , J W 9 2 S P ( l a d d e r s o f t w a r e ) s o f t w a r e ) J W 2 2 C M

J W 3 0 H

J W 3 0 0

J W 1 5 P G

J W 3 0 0 S P

( h a n d h e l d

( l a d d e r l o g p i c r o p g r r o a m m g r a m e r ) m i n g s o f t w a r e )

C o n t r o l m o d u l e

( J W 3 * * C U )

- When the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300, set JW-22CM parameters in the option parameters of the control module. When the JW-22CM is installed in a JW20H/30H, set the

JW-22CM parameters in the parameter memory in the JW-22CM, as usual.

The parameter setting procedures using the JW-300SP or JW-15PG (when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300) are described on pages 14-2 and 14-3.

- The parameter setting procedures when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW20H/30H are simply the normal procedures.

- For details about the parameter setting operation in the JW-22CM (connected to a JW20H/30H/

300) using the JW-15PG, see the master station (pages 11-16 to 11-26) and slave station descriptions (pages 11-31 to 11-37).

14

14-1

(1) Parameter setting procedures using the JW-300SP (when the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300)

This section describes how to set the parameters (main body parameters) in the JW-22CM

(installed in a JW300) and transfer them to the option parameters in the JW300 control module (JW-3**CU) using the JW-300SP.

1 Select "Parameters" in the "Project window."

=> A parameter window will appear.

Right click

14

2 Select the desired module number and click the right mouse button. Then, select "Install" and choose a model.

=> A parameter setting screen will appear for each option module.

3 Enter the values in needed in the parameter boxes and then press the "OK" button.

If the parameter address 3777

(8)

is written to 01

(H)

and you try to "PLC forwarding of the parameter" in the control module, a parameter memory transfer error (Message: "Download

Parameter memory failed") will occur.

If this happens, clear parameter address 3777

(8)

(write 00

(H)

to it) and then try writing to the

PLC (JW300) (make a data transfer).

[Procedures] Select the desired module number in the parameter window and click the right mouse button. Select "Settings (0)" and then "Link Stop (S)."

- For details about the operation of the JW-300SP, see the "Ladder logic programming software JW-300SP User's Manual (Help of JW-300SP)."

14-2

(2) Parameter setting procedures using the JW-15PG (when the JW-22CM is installed in a

JW300)

This section describes how to the set parameters of the JW-22CM (installed in a JW300) in the option parameters in the JW300 control module (JW-3**CU) using a JW-15PG.

1 Connect the JW-15PG to the PG/COMM port on the JW-3**CU.

2 Put the JW-3**CU in program mode.

3 On the JW-15PG, enter ( クリア

CLR

(option) screen.

→

編集

EDIT

→

A

0 →

B

1 ) to display the PARAM.

4 Enter a module number (SW number) on the main body parameter screen, and display the parameter address (4 digits) you want using the ， key.

5 Write 00

(H)

at parameter address 3777

(8)

.

If address 3777 (8) is other than 00 (H) , you cannot write setting values to the parameter.

=> "MEM. PROTECTED" will be displayed.

6 Enter the parameters you want.

7 When through setting the parameters, write 01

(H)

at parameter address 3777

(8)

.

- For details about the parameter setting operation of the JW-22CM using the JW-15PG, see the master station (pages 11-16 to 11-26) and slave station descriptions (pages 11-31 to

11-37).

For details about the operation of the JW-15PG, see the "Hand-Held Programmer JW-15PG

User's Manual."

14

14-3

14

14-2 Remote programming and remote monitor

The remote programming and remote monitor are methods for operating another PLC station connected to the satellite net.

The support tools that can be used depend on whether the used PLC is JW20H/30H or a JW300.

Each case is described separately below.

[1] When using a JW20H/30H

To do remote programming and remote monitor using a JW20H/30H, please note the relationship between the compatible support tools, support tool connection side module, and target modules.

JW20H/30H/300

JW50H/70H/100H

JW20H/30H

Support tool Support tool connected side module

Target module

Compatible support tools

JW-15PG

JW-14PG

JW-300SP *

JW-100SP

JW-92SP

(Ver 5.5 or up)

JW-52SP

(Ver 5.5 or up)

Support tool connection side module

JW-22CM with 300 marking

JW-22CM/JW-20CM with

30Hn marking

JW-22CM/JW-20CM with

30H marking

JW-22CM/JW-20CM without marking

Target module (JW-22CM)

With 300 marking With 30Hn marking With 30H marking

: All functions are available.

: Recognize as JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH

: Recognize as JJW-22CU/50CUH

* They can be connected using the JW-300SP (Ver1.10) through the standard network connection. (They cannot be connected with the extension network connection.)

14-4

(1) Function (when using a JW20H/30H)

Remote programming and remote monitor have two operation modes. One uses the standard network connection and the other uses the expansion network connection.

Standard network connection n-2 n-1 n

Support tools n+1 n+2

Satellite net

The following operations are possible for other stations using a support tool (previous page) which is connected to the "n" station.

- Change program

- Monitor

Note: Writing data (change program) during operation of the

PLC is not available for hazard prevention reasons.

Stop operation of the PLC prior to writing data.

- Change parameter memory (only available with JW-15PG/14PG)

Expansion network connection

Support tools n-2 n-1 n n+1

* n+2 m m+1 m+2

Satellite net * The JW20H (JW-22CM) is unusable as a junction station ("n + 2" station and "m" station in the figure above). Use JW30H/300 (JW-22CM),

JW50H/70H/100H (JW-20CM)

The following operations are possible for other stations using a support tool (previous page) which is connected to the "n" station.

- Change program

- Monitor

Note: Writing data (change program) during operation of the

PLC is not available for hazard prevention reasons.

Stop operation of the PLC prior to writing data.

- Change parameter memory (only available with JW-15PG/14PG)

(2) Setting method (when using a JW20H/30H)

This section describes a rough setting example using ladder logic programming software

(JW-100SP).

For operations with other support tools, see the each attached instruction (user's) manuals.

JW-22CM

Ladder logic programming software JW-100SP Connect the JW-100SP (personal computer) to the JW-22CM on the satellite net.

Personal computer

Specify communication setup of the JW-

100SP to "Network."

Select "Communication setup" from the menu bar "setup"

Connection cable (JW-22KC/24KC)

+

Communication adapter (JW-100SA)

Select "Network"

14-5

14

14

Select whether the target station for remote programming or remote monitor is on the standard network connection or on the extension network connection.

In the case below, 10 to 12 (8) are standard network connections. 01 to 03 (8) are extension network connections.

Ladder logic programming software

JW-100SP

Personal computer

12 (8)

(Junction station)

00 (8)

Target station

10 (8)

Satellite net

11 (8)

01 (8) 02 (8) 03 (8)

Slot number

0 1 2 3

Satellite net

Standard network connection

Select network configuration as "standard."

Specify "satellite net" or "SUMINET" for target station module type.

Enter the target station number (00 to 77

(8)

).

Expansion network connection

Select network configuration as "extension."

Specify "satellite net" or "SUMINET" for junction station module type.

Specify "satellite net" or "SUMINET" for target station module type.

Enter the target station number (00 to 77

(8)

).

(In the case of the figure above: 02

(8)

)

Enter the junction station number (00 to 77

(8)

).

(In the case of the figure above: 12

(8)

)

Enter the junction station rack number.

(Leave the initial value "0")

Enter the station slot number.

Enter the installed slot number of the master station on the target station side.

In the case of the figure above: 3.

14-6

(3) Parameter setting by remote function (when using a JW20H/30H)

This paragraph describes how to set the parameters (JW-22CM) of other stations (JW20H/30H) connected on the satellite net. This is only available when the target station is within the standard network connection.

Usable support tools are JW-15PG/14PG.

An operation example using the JW20H/30H

1 Connect the JW-15PG to the JW-22CM/JW-20CM.

2 Select initial mode.

JW-15PG

3 Assign the remote parameter setting.

Connection cable

JW-22KC/24KC

JW-22CM

4 Select the target station to set the parameter remotely.

- >

(H)

display to octal

(O)

display and input the target station (00

(8)

to 77

(8)

).

5 Communicate with the target station

6 After finishing communication with the target station, set the parameters remotely.

Turn the PLC of the target station to program mode (stop PLC operation).

Select "PARAM." in the initial mode.

Write 00

(H)

to the parameter address 007777

(8)

to stop operation of the JW-22CM.

(Input address) (Input setting value)

Input the setting value to the address to set the parameters.

7 Write 81

(H)

to parameter address 007777

(8)

and write the parameter contents onto the

EEPROM of the JW-22CM. Then start operation of the JW-22CM.

14

14-7

14

[2] When using a JW300

The following two conditions must be satisfied to do remote programming and remote monitor with a JW300.

1. A "JW-15PG or JW-300SP" support tool must be connected for use with the JW300.

2. Network modules on the communication circuit shall be JW-22CMs that are capable of being used with the JW300.

Therefore, please note the relationship between the compatible support tools, support tool connection side module, and target modules.

JW20H

JW30H

JW300

JW300

Compatible support tools

JW-15PG

JW-300SP *

Support tool Support tool connection side module

Target module

Support tool connection side module

JW-22CM with 300 marking

Target module (JW-22CM)

With 300 marking

: All functions are available.

* They can be connected using the JW-300SP (Ver1.10) through the standard network connection. (They cannot be connected with the extension network connection.)

14-8

(1) Function (when using a JW300)

Remote programming and remote monitor have two operation modes. One uses the standard network connection and the other uses the expansion network connection.

Standard network connection n-2 n-1 n

Support tools n+1 n+2

Satellite net

The following operations are possible for other stations using a support tool which is connected to the "n" station.

- Monitor (JW-15PG, JW-300SP)

Note: Writing data (change program) during operation of the

- Change program (JW-15PG, JW-300SP) PLC is not available for hazard prevention reasons.

Stop operation of the PLC prior to writing data.

- Change parameter memory (only available with JW-15PG)

Expansion network connection n-2 n-1 n

Support tools n+1

* n+2 m m+1 m+2

Satellite net

* Use JW30H/300 (JW300 applicable JW-22CM) for junction station ("n + 2" station and "m" station in the figure above).

The following operations are possible for other stations using a support tool which is connected to the "n" station.

- Change program (JW-15PG)

- Monitor (JW-15PG)

Note: Writing data (change program) during operation of the

PLC is not available for hazard prevention reasons.

Stop operation of the PLC prior to writing data.

14

14-9

14

(2) Setting method (when using a JW300)

This section describes setting example (outline) using a hand-held programmer JW-15PG.

For details about the operation of the JW-15PG, see the "Hand-Held Programmer JW-

15PG User's Manual."

Connect the JW-15PG to a compatible JW-22CM (JW300 applicable module) on the satellite net using a connection cable (JW-22KC/24KC).

Select whether the target station for remote programming or remote monitor is on the standard network connection or on the extension network connection.

In the case below, 10 to 12

(8)

are standard network connections. 01 to 03

(8)

are extension network connections.

Hand-held programmer

JW-15PG

10 (8) 11 (8)

12 (8)

(Junction station)

00 (8)

Target station

01 (8) 02 (8) 03 (8)

Satellite net

Standard network connection

Change to initial mode

Slot number

0 1 2 3

Satellite net

Set the station number of the communication station (target station, 00 to 77 (8) ).

Select link

Select 1PG,

2PG1 mode

Perform remote read/write operations, including parameter setting.

Expansion network connection

Change to initial mode

Select junction station

Enter the junction station number (00 to 77 (8) )

(In the case of the above figure:12 (8) )

Enter the slot number of junction station (In the case of the above figure: 3)

Remote operation

Select link

Select 1PG,

2PG1 mode

Enter rack number (0) of a junction station

Enter the target station number (00 to 77 (8) ) (In the case of the above figure: 02 (8) )

14-10

(3) Parameter setting using remote function (when using a JW300)

This paragraph describes how to set the parameters

(JW-22CM) of other stations (JW300) connected on the satellite net to a control module (main body parameter)

JW-15PG of its station. This is only available when the target station is within the standard network connection.

Usable support tools are JW-15PG.

An operation example using the JW300

1 Connect the JW-15PG to the JW-22CM (applicable to JW300)

Connection cable

JW-22KC/24KC

2 Select initial mode.

JW-22CM

3 Assign the remote parameter setting.

4 Select the target station to set the parameter remotely.

- >

(H)

display to octal

(O)

display and input the target station (00

(8)

to 77

(8)

).

5 Communicate with the target station

6 After finishing communication with the target station, returns to the initial menu.

7 Turn the target station JW300 to program mode (stop PLC operation).

8 Displays PARAM. (option) screen.

A

クリア

CLR

→

編集

EDIT

→ 0 →

B

1 -> Display the PARAM

9 Enter a module number (SW number) on the main body parameter screen, and display the parameter address (4 digits) you want using the ， key.

0 Write 00

(H) at parameter address 3777 (8) .

If address 3777 (8) is other than 00 (H) , you cannot write set values to the parameter.

=> "MEM. PROTECTED" will be displayed.

q Enter the parameters you want.

w When through setting the parameters, write 01

(H) at parameter address 3777 (8) .

14

14-11

Chapter 15. Specifications

15-1 General specifications

Item

Applicable PLC

Installing slot

Storage temperature

Ambient temperature

Ambient humidity

Vibration resistance

Shock resistance

Internal power consumption

Weight

Accessory

- JW20H

- JW30H

- JW300

Specifications

[JW-21CU/22CU]

JW-31CUH, JW-32CUH, JW-33CUH

JW-31CUH1, JW-32CUH1, JW-33CUH1/H2/H3

JW-32CUM1/M2

JW-311CU/312CU, JW-321CU/322CU

JW-331CU/332CU, JW-341CU/342CU

JW-352CU, JW-362CU

Basic rack panel of JW20H/30H/300

-20 to +70 o C

0 to +55 o C

35 to 90%RH (without dew condensation)

Compatible to JIS B 3502 (X, Y, Z, 2 hours each)

Compatible to JIS B 3502

Approx. 360mA

Approx. 285g

One instruction manual (Japanese)

15-2 Communication specifications

Item

Communication method

Transmission rate

Transmission format

Coding method

Check method

Synchronization method

Modulation method

Communication network system

Specifications

Token/passing

1.25M bits/s

Compatible to JIS X-5014 high level data link control procedure

(HDLC) frame configuration

NRZI (Non Return To Zero Inverted)

CRC

Bit synchronize

Continuous frequency phase modulation (FSK)

Bus type

Connectors

Transmission line

Module side: BNC receptacle (jack)

Line side: BNC plug

Coaxial cable: 5C-2V JIS C-3501

Characteristics impedance: 75 ohm

Total cable distance: 1km max.

15

15-1

15

15-3 Data link specifications

Both standard function and save memory function are available. Select by the mode switch on the

JW-22CM.

(1) Standard function

Item

Number of stations to connect

Relay link area *1

(Setting: File address)

Specifications

64 stations max.

JW20H

000000 to

017777

(8)

JW30H

000000 to 035777

(8)

JW300

00000000 to

00177777 (8)

Register link area *1

(Setting: File address)

000000 to

017777

(8)

000000 to 035777 (8) file 1 to file 3, file 10 to file 2C (H) *2

00000000 to

40177777 (8)

*2

*2

Flag area *1

(Setting range: File address, 24 bytes)

Rink (Total number of links)

Transmit points per station

Communication mode

000000 to

017777

(8)

000000 to 035777 (8) file 1 to file 3, file 10 to file 2C (H) *2

00000000 to

40177777 (8)

Relay link : 2048 points max.

Register link: 2048 bytes max.

Relay link : 2048 points max.

Register link: 2048 bytes max.

N: M communication

*2

(2) Save memory function

Item

Number of stations to connect

Relay link area

Register link area

Flag area *1

(setting range: File address, 24 bytes)

Specifications

64 stations max.

001000 to 001477 (8) ( 1000 to 0477 (8) )

004000 to 010777 (8) (09000 to 49777 (8) )

JW20H JW30H

*3

*3

000000 to 035777 (8)

000000 to

017777 (8) file 1 to file 3, file 10 to file 2C (H)

*2

JW300

00000000 to

40177777 (8)

*2

Rink (Total number of links)

Transmit points per station

Communication mode

Relay link : 2048 points max.

Register link: 2048 bytes max.

Relay link : 2048 points max.

Register link: 2048 bytes max.

N: M communication

*1: Enter the top address (number of bytes) for the relay link area, register link area, and flag area in the JW-22CM when a JW20H/30H is used, and for the control module when a

JW300 is used.

*2: The setting range depends on the control module model that is used.

=> Refer to page 11-12 and 11-28 (JW30H), 11-13,11-14 and 11-29 (JW300)

*3: Select the module No. switches of JW-22CM. => Refer to page 11-2.

15-2

15-4 Computer link specifications

Item

Number of link stations

Communication data size

Communication control

Control details

Specifications

64 stations max

Maximum 1024 byte per command

Respond to the host computer command

Data memory read/write

Program memory read/write

System memory read/write

PLC control

Outside dimensional drawings

(Unit: mm)

6

7

8

9

3

2

6

7

8

9

3

2

6

7

8

9

3

2

Basic rack panel

35

110

120

15

15-3

Chapter 16. Appendix

16-1 Maintenance and check

Check wiring, installation, and switch settings.

System configuration ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

Check item

Not parallel with or proximate to high voltage lines or strong power lines.

Branch lines (drop cable) are within 400 mm.

Total length is less than 1 km.

No damage or breaks in cables.

Connectors are securely assembled.

Connectors are securely connected and locked.

Insulation covers are put on connectors.

Securely tighten the module retention screws.

A ground line is connected with the GND terminal.

Securely tighten the module retention screws.

Memory module is appropriately installed.

Securely tighten the module retention screws.

No other cables than the communication cable and

DC input cables are input in the same duct.

Basic rack panel is appropriately installed.

Securely tighten the module retention screws.

Mode switches are appropriately set.

Station number switches are appropriately set (00 to 77

(8)

).

Termination resistance switches are appropriately set.

Shield ground switches are appropriately set.

Parameters are appropriately set.

ON

16

16-1

16

16-2 Recovery method at communication errors

(1) Check flow chart

Occurrence of error

Connection status of cable/connector are normal.

NO

See "Check cable/connector" on next page.

YES

First communication?

NO

YES See "During initial communication" on page 16-5.

Does the error occur continuously?

YES

NO

See "When the communication error occurs instantaneously" on page 16-7.

See "When the communication error occurs continuously" on page 16-7.

Recovery

NO

YES

Normal operation

16-2

(2) Check cable/connector

As errors on the junction from the main cable to the drop cable or the contact failure on the connecting point of each station or errors of the master module are assumed, check with the following procedure.

YES

Exchange master module FT lamp turns ON

NO

Monitor "individual communication flag" in support tool. => Refer to page 12-2

Error only 1 station

NO

YES

Check and exchange the

"trunk line cable" and "branch cable" to the station with the error or the "error occurred station module."

At plural station error

See next page

16

16-3

16

If the trunk cable between the slave station 05

(8)

and 06

(8)

is disconnected in the following system.

03

(8)

02

(8)

01

(8)

04

(8)

Master station

05

(8)

06

(8)

07

(8)

B A

State of an individual communication flag

D

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

D

0

C

Disconnection

D

OFF Unstable OFF

Remove the connector on point

A, and turn ON the termination resistance of the master station.

As the communication possible stations

03

(8)

, 02

(8)

, 01

(8)

, and 04

(8)

are normal, the state of communication monitoring flag is as follows.

D

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

D

0

Connect the A connector, and then remove the connector on point B.

OFF ON

As the one side of the termination resistance is lost, all of the communication possible stations 05

(8)

,

06

(8)

, and 07

(8)

are abnormal, and the station 05

(8)

is unstable.

D

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

D

0

Remove the connector on point

C and make sure the B connector is not connected.

Turn ON the termination resistance of the slave module

05

(8)

.

OFF Unstable OFF ON

As the communication possible station

05

(8)

is normal, abnormal points exists ahead of the point C.

D

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

D

0

OFF ON OFF ON

Connect the C connector and make sure the B connector is not connected, and remove the connector at the next point to the point D.

Turn OFF the termination resistance of the slave station

05

(8)

, and turn ON the termination resistance of the end station 06

(8)

.

As the one side of the termination resistance is lost, the station 05

(8)

and

06

(8)

become communication possible stations, but the station 05

(8)

is unstable and the station 06

(8)

is turned to OFF, so the abnormal states occur between the point C and the point D.

D

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

D

0

06

(8)

Cause

Error on the slave station 06

(8)

OFF Unstable OFF

Disconnection in the trunk cable and the branch cable between the station 05

(8)

and

, or contact failure of the connectors

ON

Countermeasure

Remove both the trunk cable and the branch cable connectors. After that, shorten one of these connectors and check conductivity using a tester.

Exchange the slave module.

16-4

(3) During initial communication (startup of the system)

Lighting error code 6F (H)

When the master station indicates error code 6F (H) and the CM lamp is OFF.

The cause may be a parameter setting error of the master station. Check the master station parameters below.

J

4

4

5

5

7

W

0

4

0

2

7

P a r a m e t e r a d d r e s s

( 8 )

0

0

0

0

1

2

0

4

0

0

0

0

0 t

0 t t t t

H o

0 o o o o

/

3

3

4

4

5

5

7

0

0

4

0

2

7

H

0

0

0

0

1

1

3

1

1

3

S e t t i n g i t e m

J W 3 0 0

0

0

1 0 0 0 t o 1 0 0 1

1 2 0 0 t o 1 2 0 1

3

0

4

7

0

0

1

0

0

0

0 t

0 t t o

0 o o

0

3

0

3

0

4

7

0

0

1

1

3

3

R e l a y m il n a k s t t o p e r a d d r e s t a t i o n s s o f

A m o u n t o f c o n n e s t a t i o n s c t a b l e

R e g i s t e r il n k m a s t e r t o p a d d s t a t i o n r e s s o f

R e l a y il n m k a s t r t a n e r s m i t b y t e s s t a t i o n o f

R e g i s t e r o f il n k t r m a s t e r a n s t s m i t a t i o n b y t e s

C o m m u n i c a t i o n i n f o r m a t i o n s t o r a g e a r e a t o p a d d r e s s

R e f e r e n c e p a g e o f c o n t e n t s t h e s e t t i n g

1 1 5 t o 1 1 9

7 7 6 4 t o 7 7 6 7 3 7 6 4 t o 3 7 6 7 F l a g t o p a d d r e s s

When the master station indicates error code 6F

(H)

and the CM lamp lights.

The cause may be a setting error of any of the slave stations which are set in the parameter.

Check the following master station parameters.

4

4

5

5

J

P a r a m e t e r a d d r e s s

( 8 )

W

0

4

0

2

0

0

0

0

2

4

4

2

2

0 t t t t

H o o o o

/ 3

4

4

5

5

0

3

7

1

3

H

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

S e t t i n g i t e m

J W 3 0 0

0

0

0

4

0

0

4

4 t t o o

0

0

3

7

7

7

7

7

1 0 0 2 t o 1 1 7 7

1 2 0 2 t o 1 3 7 7 e

R e l a y a c h il n k s l a v e o f o f t s o t p a f s e t t a b d i o n .

y t d e r e

N s .

s u s o f m b e r

R e g i e a c h s t e r il n k s l a v e s t t o a t p a i o n .

d d r

N e s s u m b o e r f o f o f f s e t b y t e s .

R e l a y il n k e a c h t r a n s s l a v e m s t i t a b y t t i o n e s o f

R e g i o f s t e e a r c il n k h t r a n s l a v e s m i t s t a t i b y o n t e s

R e f e r e n c e p a g e o f c o n t e n t s t h e s e t t i n g

1 1 5 t o 1 1 9

When slave station is JW-22CM, see "Chapter 11 Setting of Switches and Parameter" for setting range.

When the master station is normal and the error code 6F

(H)

of a slave station lights.

The cause may be a faulty setting of the slave station parameter. Check the following slave station parameters.

J

7

W

7 1

P a r a m e t e r a d d r e s s ( 8 )

2

0

0 t

H o

/ 3

7

0

7

H

1 3

S e t t i n g i t e m

J W 3 0 0

3 7 1 0 t o 3 7 1 3

C o m s t o r m u a g n i c a e a r e t i a o n i n f o r m a t i o n t o p a d d r e s s

7 7 6 4 t o 7 7 6 7 3 7 6 4 t o 3 7 6 7 F l a g t o p a d d r e s s

R e f e r e n c e p a g e o f c o n t e n t s t h e s e t t i n g

1 1 2 7

When slave station is JW-22CM, see "Chapter 11 Setting of Switches and Parameter" for setting range.

16

16-5

16

When the CM lamp of the master station is OFF (SD, RD, and CD are flickering).

Check the following master station's parameters.

J

P a r a m e t e r a d d r e s s

( 8 )

W 2 0 H

4 0

7 7

-

/ 3

0 2

7 7

0 H J W 3 0 0

0 0 0 2

-

3 7 7 7

C o n t e n t s

F u n c t i o n ( r e l a y / r e g i s t e r il n k )

S t a r t / s t o p o p e r a t i o n o f t h e J W 2 2 C M

S t a r t s w i t c h

S e t t i n g v a l u e

0 1 ( H )

0 1 ( H )

0 1 ( H )

Other cases

• Check the switches of the JW-22CM => See check item

• Check optional cable of PLC (The JW-22CM does not operate normally without an optional cable.)

• Check cable and connector => See check item

• Check error code

[Switches required check in the JW-22CM]

1 Station number (STA. NO.)

2 Mode switch (MODE)

3 Termination resistance switch (LT)

4 Shield ground switch (LG)

If there are errors in the station number and the mode switch, change the setting with the power OFF, and then turn ON the power.

[Check items of cables and connectors]

1 No looseness or removal of connectors (turn the connector right until it completely locks).

2 Connectors are appropriately fixed on the cables (When any faults such as extrusion of pins or connector being easily removed by pulling, reinstall these connectors.)

3 Wiring conditions are appropriate. => See chapters 6 and 7

4 Not too long branch lines (shorter than 400 mm).

5 Termination resistance are correctly connected. (Turn "ON" the termination resistance switch of the end stations or install a termination resistance.)

16-6

(4) When the communication error occurs instantaneously.

Cause may be:

• Noise on the communication line.

• Fault of a communication module.

• Fault of a communication cable.

Check the error's timing.

When the error occurs synchronous with a peripheral industrial robot's operation, noise to the communication line may be a cause. Consider arrangement of the wiring route.

Identify the error station.

When the error occurs at only the specific station, the cause may be the station or nearby.

Check the following items.

• Setting of the LT (termination resistance) switch.

• Cable => Refer to page 16- 6 "check items of cables and connectors"

• Error code => Refer to page 12-1

When identification of the cause is difficult.

Condition of the circuit may be unstable. => Refer to page 16-6 "check items of cables and connectors"

(5) When the communication error occurs continuously.

Identify the error station.

Specify the error's station using the communication flag etc., and check this station.

• Check the power of the error's station.

• Check the error code of the error's station.

• Check cables near the error's station. => Refer to page16-6 "check items of cables and connectors"

When identification of the cause is difficult.

Condition of the whole circuit may be unstable. Check cables and connectors.

=> Refer to page 16-6 "check items of cables and connectors"

16

16-7

16

16-3 Table of parameter memory

[1] Installed in a JW20H/30H

When the JW-22CM is installed in a JW20H/30H, the parameter (master/slave station) addresses and setting details are as follows. Set the parameters in the JW-22CM. => Refer to page 11-16 and 11-31

(1) Master station (Installed in a JW20H/30H)

The set contents of the parameter addresses 4004 to 4377 (8) and 4404 to 4777 (8) shown below are in the case that the JW-22CM is used as a slave station. When the ZW-20CM or

JW-20CM is used as a slave station, refer to each manual.

(1 / 7)

Address (8)

Set contents Setting method (value, example)

0000

4000

4001

4002

4003

4004 to

4007

Store the mis-setting slave station number in the master station

Top address of relay link area in the master station

Set function (relay/register link)

Connection station number (2 to 64 stations)

• When slave station 01

(8)

is set to data link (the standard function), top address of the relay link area on slave station 01

(8)

.

4004

4005

4006

4007

• When slave station 01

(8)

is set to data link (the save memory function), number of offset bytes of relay link area on slave station 01

(8)

.

4004

4005

4006

4007

-

(Octal, word)

01

(H)

(Decimal, byte)

(Octal, word)

00

(Decimal, word)

00

80

(H)

(H)

(H)

-

When 1000, set to 001000

(8)

by file address

Fixed to 01

(H)

When 12 stations, set to 012

(D)

When 1200, set to 001200

(8)

(Set by file address)

00 (H) : In this case the same as the master station *

80 (H) : In this case different from the master station

When 100 bytes, set to 00100

(D)

* When 00 (H) is set, the value becomes the same top address of the master station regardless of the setting value of 4004 to 4005 (8) .

16-8

Address

(8)

4010 to 4013

4014 to 4017

4020 to 4023

4024 to 4027

4030 to 4033

4034 to 4037

4040 to 4043

4044 to 4047

4050 to 4053

4054 to 4057

4060 to 4063

4064 to 4067

4070 to 4073

4074 to 4077

4100 to 4103

4104 to 4107

4110 to 4113

4114 to 4117

4120 to 4123

4124 to 4127

4130 to 4133

4134 to 4137

4140 to 4143

4144 to 4147

4150 to 4153

4154 to 4157

4160 to 4163

4164 to 4167

4170 to 4173

4174 to 4177

Set contents, method

Top address or a number of offset bytes on slave station 02

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007).

03

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

04

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

05

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

06

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

07

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

10

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

11

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

12

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

13

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

14

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

15

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

16

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

17

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

20

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

21

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

22

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

23

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

24

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

25

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

26

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

27

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

30

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

31

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

32

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

33

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

34

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

35

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

36

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

37

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

• Initial value of the address 4000 to 4377 (8) are all 00 (H) .

Address

(8)

4200 to 4203

4204 to 4207

4210 to 4213

4214 to 4217

4220 to 4223

4224 to 4227

4230 to 4233

4234 to 4237

4240 to 4243

4244 to 4247

4250 to 4253

4254 to 4257

4260 to 4263

4264 to 4267

4270 to 4273

4274 to 4277

4300 to 4303

4304 to 4307

4310 to 4313

4314 to 4317

4320 to 4323

4324 to 4327

4330 to 4333

4334 to 4337

4340 to 4343

4344 to 4347

4350 to 4353

4354 to 4357

4360 to 4363

4364 to 4367

4370 to 4373

4374 to 4377

Set contents, method

Top address or a number of offset bytes on slave station 40

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007).

41

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

42

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

43

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

44

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

45

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

46

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

47

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

50

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

51

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

52

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

53

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

54

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

55

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

56

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

57

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

60

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

61

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

62

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

63

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

64

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

65

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

66

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

67

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

70

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

71

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

72

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

73

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

74

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

75

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

76

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

77

(8)

(same as 4004 to 4007)

16

16-9

Installed in a JW20H/30H

16

(2 / 7)

Address

(8)

Set contents Setting method (value, example)

4400

4401

4402

4403

Top address of register link area in the master station

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

00

(H)

When 09000

(8)

, set to 004000

(8)

by file address

When file number is 1, set to 01 (H) .

4404 to

• When slave station 01

(8)

is set to data link (the standard function), top

address of the register link area on slave station 01

(8)

.

4404

4405

4406

4407

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

When 29000, set to 006000

(8)

(Set by file address)

When file number is 2, set to 02 (H) .

00 (H) : In this case the same as the master station *

80 (H) : In this case different from the master station

4407

• When slave station 01

(8)

is set to data link (the save memory function),

number of offset bytes of register a link area on slave station 01

(8)

.

4404

4405

4406

(Decimal, word)

00

(H)

When 100 bytes, set to 00100

(D)

4407

80

(H)

* When 00 (H) is set, the value becomes the same top address of the master station regardless of the setting value of 4404 to 4405 (8) .

Address

(8)

4410 to 4413

4414 to 4417

4420 to 4423

4424 to 4427

4430 to 4433

4434 to 4437

4440 to 4443

4444 to 4447

4450 to 4453

4454 to 4457

4460 to 4463

4464 to 4467

4470 to 4473

4474 to 4477

4500 to 4503

4504 to 4507

4510 to 4513

4514 to 4517

4520 to 4523

4524 to 4527

4530 to 4533

4534 to 4537

4540 to 4543

4544 to 4547

4550 to 4553

4554 to 4557

4560 to 4563

4564 to 4567

4570 to 4573

4574 to 4577

Set contents, method

Top address or number of offset bytes on slave station 02

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407).

03

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

04

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

05

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

06

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

07

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

10

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

11

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

12

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

13

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

14

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

15

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

16

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

17

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

20

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

21

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

22

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

23

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

24

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

25

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

26

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

27

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

30

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

31

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

32

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

33

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

34

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

35

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

36

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

37

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

• Initial value of the address 4400 to 4377

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

Address

(8)

4600 to 4603

4604 to 4607

4610 to 4613

4614 to 4617

4620 to 4623

4624 to 4627

4630 to 4633

4634 to 4637

4640 to 4643

4644 to 4647

4650 to 4653

4654 to 4657

4660 to 4663

4664 to 4667

4670 to 4673

4674 to 4677

4700 to 4703

4704 to 4707

4710 to 4713

4714 to 4717

4720 to 4723

4724 to 4727

4730 to 4733

4734 to 4737

4740 to 4743

4744 to 4747

4750 to 4753

4754 to 4757

4760 to 4763

4764 to 4767

4770 to 4773

4774 to 4777

Set contents, method

Top address or number of offset bytes on slave station 40

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407).

41

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

42

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

43

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

44

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

45

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

46

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

47

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

50

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

51

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

52

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

53

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

54

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

55

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

56

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

57

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

60

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

61

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

62

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

63

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

64

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

65

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

66

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

67

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

70

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

71

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

72

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

73

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

74

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

75

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

76

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

77

(8)

(same as 4404 to 4407)

16-10

Installed in a JW20H/30H

Address (8)

5000

5001

5002

5003

Set contents

The number of sending bytes of master station relay link area

The number of sending bytes of slave station 01

(8) relay link area

Setting method (value, example)

(Decimal, word)

When 8 bytes, set to 00008

(D)

(Decimal, word)

(3 / 7)

Address

(8)

5004 to 5005

5006 to 5007

5010 to 5011

5012 to 5013

5014 to 5015

5016 to 5017

5020 to 5021

5022 to 5023

5024 to 5025

5026 to 5027

5030 to 5031

5032 to 5033

5034 to 5035

5036 to 5037

5040 to 5041

5042 to 5043

5044 to 5045

5046 to 5047

5050 to 5051

5052 to 5053

5054 to 5055

5056 to 5057

5060 to 5061

5062 to 5063

5064 to 5065

5066 to 5067

5070 to 5071

5072 to 5073

5074 to 5075

5076 to 5077

Set contents, method

The number of sending bytes of slave station

02

(8)

relay link area (same as 5002 to 5003).

03

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

04

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

05

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

06

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

07

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

10

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

11

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

12

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

13

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

14

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

15

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

16

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

17

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

20

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

21

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

22

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

23

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

24

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

25

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

26

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

27

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

30

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

31

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

32

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

33

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

34

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

35

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

36

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

37

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

• Initial value of the address 5000 to 5177

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

Address

(8)

5100 to 5101

5102 to 5103

5104 to 5105

5106 to 5107

5110 to 5111

5112 to 5113

5114 to 5115

5116 to 5117

5120 to 5121

5122 to 5123

5124 to 5125

5126 to 5127

5130 to 5131

5132 to 5133

5134 to 5135

5136 to 5137

5140 to 5141

5142 to 5143

5144 to 5145

5146 to 5147

5150 to 5151

5152 to 5153

5154 to 5155

5156 to 5157

5160 to 5161

5162 to 5163

5164 to 5165

5166 to 5167

5170 to 5171

5172 to 5173

5174 to 5175

5176 to 5177

Set contents, method

The number of sending bytes of slave station

40

(8)

relay link area (same as 5002 to 5003).

41

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

42

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

43

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

44

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

45

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

46

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

47

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

50

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

51

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

52

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

53

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

54

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

55

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

56

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

57

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

60

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

61

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

62

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

63

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

64

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

65

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

66

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

67

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

70

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

71

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

72

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

73

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

74

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

75

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

76

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

77

(8)

(same as 5002 to 5003)

16

16-11

16

Installed in a JW20H/30H

Address (8)

5200

5201

5202

5203

Set contents

The number of sending bytes of master station register link area

The number of sending bytes of slave station 01

(8) register link area

Setting method (value, example)

(Decimal, word)

When 64 bytes, set to 00064

(D)

(Decimal, word)

(4 / 7)

5204 to 5205

5206 to 5207

5210 to 5211

5212 to 5213

5214 to 5215

5216 to 5217

5220 to 5221

5222 to 5223

5224 to 5225

5226 to 5227

5230 to 5231

5232 to 5233

5234 to 5235

5236 to 5237

5240 to 5241

5242 to 5243

5244 to 5245

5246 to 5247

5250 to 5251

5252 to 5253

5254 to 5255

5256 to 5257

5260 to 5261

5262 to 5263

5264 to 5265

5266 to 5267

5270 to 5271

5272 to 5273

5274 to 5275

5276 to 5277

Address

(8)

Set contents, method

The number of sending bytes of slave station

02

(8)

register link area (same as 5202 to 5203).

03

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

04

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

05

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

06

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

07

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

10

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

11

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

12

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

13

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

14

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

15

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

16

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

17

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

20

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

21

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

22

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

23

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

24

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

25

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

26

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

27

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

30

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

31

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

32

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

33

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

34

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

35

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

36

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

37

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

• Initial value of the address 5200 to 5377

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

Address

(8)

5300 to 5301

5302 to 5303

5304 to 5305

5306 to 5307

5310 to 5311

5312 to 5313

5314 to 5315

5316 to 5317

5320 to 5321

5322 to 5323

5324 to 5325

5326 to 5327

5330 to 5331

5332 to 5333

5334 to 5335

5336 to 5337

5340 to 5341

5342 to 5343

5344 to 5345

5346 to 5347

5350 to 5351

5352 to 5353

5354 to 5355

5356 to 5357

5360 to 5361

5362 to 5363

5364 to 5365

5366 to 5367

5370 to 5371

5372 to 5373

5374 to 5375

5376 to 5377

Set contents, method

The number of sending bytes of slave station

40

(8)

register link area (same as 5202 to 5203).

41

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

42

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

43

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

44

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

45

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

46

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

47

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

50

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

51

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

52

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

53

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

54

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

55

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

56

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

57

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

60

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

61

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

62

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

63

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

64

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

65

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

66

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

67

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

70

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

71

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

72

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

73

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

74

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

75

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

76

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

77

(8)

(same as 5202 to 5203)

16-12

Installed in a JW20H/30H

Address (8)

7501

Set contents

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 01

(8)

(0.1 to 25.5 sec.)

Setting method (value, example)

(Decimal, byte) When 10 second, set to 100

(D)

(5 / 7)

7502

7524

7525

7526

7527

7530

7531

7515

7516

7517

7520

7521

7522

7523

7532

7533

7534

7535

7536

7537

7503

7504

7505

7506

7507

7510

7511

7512

7513

7514

Address (8) Set contents, method

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 02

(8)

(Same as 7501)

03

(8)

(same as 7501)

04

(8)

(same as 7501)

05

(8)

(same as 7501)

06

(8)

(same as 7501)

07

(8)

(same as 7501)

10

(8)

(same as 7501)

11

(8)

(same as 7501)

12

(8)

(same as 7501)

13

(8)

(same as 7501)

14

(8)

(same as 7501)

15

(8)

(same as 7501)

16

(8)

(same as 7501)

17

(8)

(same as 7501)

20

(8)

(same as 7501)

21

(8)

(same as 7501)

22

(8)

(same as 7501)

23

(8)

(same as 7501)

24

(8)

(same as 7501)

25

(8)

(same as 7501)

26

(8)

(same as 7501)

27

(8)

(same as 7501)

30

(8)

(same as 7501)

31

(8)

(same as 7501)

32

(8)

(same as 7501)

33

(8)

(same as 7501)

34

(8)

(same as 7501)

35

(8)

(same as 7501)

36

(8)

(same as 7501)

37

(8)

(same as 7501)

• Initial value of the address 7501 to 7577

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

Address (8)

7540

7565

7566

7567

7570

7571

7572

7573

7555

7556

7557

7560

7561

7562

7563

7564

7574

7575

7576

7577

7547

7550

7551

7552

7553

7554

7541

7542

7543

7544

7545

7546

Set contents, method

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 40

(8)

(Same as 7501)

41

(8)

(same as 7501)

42

(8)

(same as 7501)

43

(8)

(same as 7501)

44

(8)

(same as 7501)

45

(8)

(same as 7501)

46

(8)

(same as 7501)

47

(8)

(same as 7501)

50

(8)

(same as 7501)

51

(8)

(same as 7501)

52

(8)

(same as 7501)

53

(8)

(same as 7501)

54

(8)

(same as 7501)

55

(8)

(same as 7501)

56

(8)

(same as 7501)

57

(8)

(same as 7501)

60

(8)

(same as 7501)

61

(8)

(same as 7501)

62

(8)

(same as 7501)

63

(8)

(same as 7501)

64

(8)

(same as 7501)

65

(8)

(same as 7501)

66

(8)

(same as 7501)

67

(8)

(same as 7501)

70

(8)

(same as 7501)

71

(8)

(same as 7501)

72

(8)

(same as 7501)

73

(8)

(same as 7501)

74

(8)

(same as 7501)

75

(8)

(same as 7501)

76

(8)

(same as 7501)

77

(8)

(same as 7501)

16

16-13

16

Installed in a JW20H/30H

Address (8) Set contents

7601 PLC model of slave station 01

(8)

(6 / 7)

Setting method (value, example)

91

(H)

• JW-22CM

• PLC is JW model, JW-20CM and

ZW-20CM is with JW marking

7602

7624

7625

7626

7627

7630

7631

7615

7616

7617

7620

7621

7622

7623

7632

7633

7634

7635

7636

7637

7603

7604

7605

7606

7607

7610

7611

7612

7613

7614

Address

(8)

Set contents, method

PLC model of slave station 02

(8)

(Same as 7601)

03

(8)

(same as 7601)

04

(8)

(same as 7601)

05

(8)

(same as 7601)

06

(8)

(same as 7601)

07

(8)

(same as 7601)

10

(8)

(same as 7601)

11

(8)

(same as 7601)

12

(8)

(same as 7601)

13

(8)

(same as 7601)

14

(8)

(same as 7601)

15

(8)

(same as 7601)

16

(8)

(same as 7601)

17

(8)

(same as 7601)

20

(8)

(same as 7601)

21

(8)

(same as 7601)

22

(8)

(same as 7601)

23

(8)

(same as 7601)

24

(8)

(same as 7601)

25

(8)

(same as 7601)

26

(8)

(same as 7601)

27

(8)

(same as 7601)

30

(8)

(same as 7601)

31

(8)

(same as 7601)

32

(8)

(same as 7601)

33

(8)

(same as 7601)

34

(8)

(same as 7601)

35

(8)

(same as 7601)

36

(8)

(same as 7601)

37

(8)

(same as 7601)

• Initial value of the address 7601 to 7677

(8)

are all 91

(H)

.

7640

7665

7666

7667

7670

7671

7672

7673

7655

7656

7657

7660

7661

7662

7663

7664

7674

7675

7676

7677

7647

7650

7651

7652

7653

7654

7641

7642

7643

7644

7645

7646

Address

(8) Set contents, method

PLC model of slave station 40

(8)

(Same as 7601)

41

(8)

(same as 7601)

42

(8)

(same as 7601)

43

(8)

(same as 7601)

44

(8)

(same as 7601)

45

(8)

(same as 7601)

46

(8)

(same as 7601)

47

(8)

(same as 7601)

50

(8)

(same as 7601)

51

(8)

(same as 7601)

52

(8)

(same as 7601)

53

(8)

(same as 7601)

54

(8)

(same as 7601)

55

(8)

(same as 7601)

56

(8)

(same as 7601)

57

(8)

(same as 7601)

60

(8)

(same as 7601)

61

(8)

(same as 7601)

62

(8)

(same as 7601)

63

(8)

(same as 7601)

64

(8)

(same as 7601)

65

(8)

(same as 7601)

66

(8)

(same as 7601)

67

(8)

(same as 7601)

70

(8)

(same as 7601)

71

(8)

(same as 7601)

72

(8)

(same as 7601)

73

(8)

(same as 7601)

74

(8)

(same as 7601)

75

(8)

(same as 7601)

76

(8)

(same as 7601)

77

(8)

(same as 7601)

16-14

Installed in a JW20H/30H

(7 / 7)

Address (8)

7700 to

7703

7710 to

7713

7750 to

7757

7763

Set contents

System of each channel in

SEND/RECEIVE function

7700

7701

7702

7703

CH0

CH1

CH2

CH3

Setting method (value, example)

00

(H)

80

(H)

00

(H)

81

(H)

00

(H)

82

(H)

00

(H)

83

(H)

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

7710

Top addresses in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of

SEND/RECEIVE functions

7711

7712

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

When 1100, set to 001100

(8)

(Set by file address)

When file number is 0, set to 00

(H)

Connection condition of slave station

• Turn ON the corresponding bit of connected station number (01 to

77

(8)

) from the list at right.

• 00

(8)

of master station (0 bit of address 000750)

At ON: Output error code

At OFF: Do not output error code.

7713 This setting is valid by 80

(H)

Bit address

7750

7751

7752

7753

7754

7755

7756

7757

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30

47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40

57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50

67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60

77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70

• When connecting slave station 00 to 04

(8)

and output error code:

(Address) (Bit pattern)

7750 00011111

7751 00000000

to to

7757 00000000

00

(H)

Do not output

Whether the station number information should be output or not

01

(H)

Output

7764 to

7767

7777

Flag area top address on the master station

7764

7765

7766

7767

Stop operation of the JW-22CM

Start operation of the JW-22CM

Writing to EEPROM or operation of the JW-

22CM/stop operation

Writing to EEPROM or operation of the JW-

22CM/start operation

Initialize parameter settings

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

00

(H)

01

(H)

80

(H)

81

(H)

08

(H)

• For initial values of above addresses, refer to page 11-5 and 11-6.

When 0200, set to 000200

(8)

(Set by file address)

When file number is 2, set to 02

(H)

00

(H)

: Do not output flag

80

(H)

: Output flag

16

16-15

16

Installed in a JW20H/30H

(2) Slave station 01 to 77 (8) (Installed in a JW20H/30H)

(1 / 1)

Address (8)

7500

7501 to

7577

7600

7601 to

7677

7700 to

7703

7710 to

7713

7720

7721

7722

7723

7763

7764 to

7767

7777

Set contents Setting method (value, example)

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of master station (0.1 to 25. 5 sec.)

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 01 to 77

(8)

(Refer to page 16-13 same as data link master station)

(Decimal, byte) When 10 second, set to 100

(D)

PLC model of master station 91

(H)

• JW-22CM

• PLC is JW model, JW-20CM and ZW-

20CM is with JW marking

PLC model of slave station 01 to 77

(8)

(Refer to page 16-14 same as data link master station)

Same as 7600

System of each channel in

SEND · RECEIVE function

7700

7701

7702

7703

CH0

CH1

CH2

CH3

00

(H)

80

(H)

00

(H)

81

(H)

00

(H)

82

(H)

00

(H)

83

(H)

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

7710

Top addresses in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of

SEND/RECEIVE functions

7711

7712

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

When 1100 to set to 001100

(Setting by file address)

(8)

When file number is 0, set to 00

(H)

The number of receiving bytes of relay link in save memory function

7713

Number of receiving bytes of register link in save memory function

This setting is valid by 80

(H)

(Decimal, byte)

(Decimal, byte)

If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same as the number of transfer bytes set in the master station.

If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same as the number of transfer bytes set in the master station.

00

(H) Do not output

Whether the station number information should be output or not

01

(H)

Output

7764

(Octal, word)

When 0600, set to 000600

(8)

(Set by file address)

Top address of flag area on each slave station

7765

7766

7767

Stop operation of the JW-22CM

Start operation of the JW-22CM

Writing to EEPROM / stop operation of the JW-

22CM

Writing to EEPROM / start operation of the JW-

22CM

Initialize parameter settings

00

00

01

80

81

08

(H)

(H)

(H)

(H)

(H)

(H)

When file number is 2, set to 02

00

(H)

: Do not output flag

80

(H)

: Output flag

(H)

• For initial values of above address, refer to page 11-27.

16-16

Installed in a JW300

[2] Installed in a JW300

When the JW-22CM is installed in a JW300, the parameter (master/slave station) addresses and setting details are as follows. When a JW300 is used, set the parameters in the main body parameters (corresponding to the option number) in the control module (JW-3**CU). =>

Refer to page 11-16 and 11-31

(1) Master station (Installed in a JW300)

The set contents of the parameter addresses 0004 to 0377 (8) and 0404 to 0777 (8) shown below are in the case that a JW-22CM is used for a slave station. When the ZW-20CM or JW-

20CM is used as a slave station, refer to each manual.

(1 / 7)

Address (8)

0000

0001

0002

0003

0004 to

0007

Set contents

Top address of relay link area in the master station

Set function (relay/register link)

A number of stations to connect (2 to 64 stations)

• When slave station 01

(8)

is set to data link (the standard function), top

address of the register link area on slave station 01

(8)

.

• When slave station 01

(8)

is set to data link (the save memory function),

number of offset bytes of register a link area on slave station 01

(8)

.

0004

0005

0006

0007

0004

0005

0006

0007

(Octal, word)

01

(H)

(Decimal, byte)

(Octal, word)

When 1000, set to 001000

(8)

by file address

Fixed to 01

(H)

When 12 stations, set to 012

(D)

When 1200, set to 001200

(8)

(Set by file address)

00

(H)

(Decimal, word)

00 (H) : In this case the same as the master station *

80 (H) : In this case different from the master station

When 100 bytes, set to 00100

(D)

00

80

Setting method (value, example)

(H)

(H)

* When 00 (H) is set, the value becomes the same top address of the master station regardless of the setting value of 0004 to 0005 (8) .

16

16-17

16

Installed in a JW300

Address

(8)

Set contents, method

0014 to 0017

0020 to 0023

0024 to 0027

0030 to 0033

0034 to 0037

0040 to 0043

0044 to 0047

0050 to 0053

0054 to 0057

0060 to 0063

0064 to 0067

0070 to 0073

0074 to 0077

0100 to 0103

0104 to 0107

0110 to 0113

0114 to 0117

0120 to 0123

0124 to 0127

0130 to 0133

0134 to 0137

0140 to 0143

0144 to 0147

0150 to 0153

0154 to 0157

0160 to 0163

0164 to 0167

0170 to 0173

0174 to 0177

0010 to 0013

Top address or the number of offset bytes on slave station 02

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007).

03

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

04

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

05

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

06

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

07

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

10

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

11

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

12

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

13

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

14

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

15

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

16

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

17

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

20

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

21

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

22

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

23

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

24

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

25

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

26

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

27

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

30

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

31

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

32

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

33

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

34

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

35

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

36

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

37

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

Address

(8)

Set contents, method

0204 to 0207

0210 to 0213

0214 to 0217

0220 to 0223

0224 to 0227

0230 to 0233

0234 to 0237

0240 to 0243

0244 to 0247

0250 to 0253

0254 to 0257

0260 to 0263

0264 to 0267

0270 to 0273

0274 to 0277

0300 to 0303

0304 to 0307

0310 to 0313

0314 to 0317

0320 to 0323

0324 to 0327

0330 to 0333

0334 to 0337

0340 to 0343

0344 to 0347

0350 to 0353

0354 to 0357

0360 to 0363

0364 to 0367

0370 to 0373

0374 to 0377

0200 to 0203

Top address or the number of offset bytes on slave station 40

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007).

41

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

42

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

43

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

44

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

45

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

46

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

47

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

50

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

51

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

52

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

53

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

54

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

55

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

56

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

57

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

60

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

61

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

62

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

63

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

64

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

65

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

66

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

67

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

70

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

71

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

72

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

73

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

74

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

75

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

76

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

77

(8)

(same as 0004 to 0007)

• Initial value of the address 0000 to 0377

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

16-18

Installed in a JW300

(2 / 7)

Address

(8)

Set contents Setting method (value, example)

0400

0401

0402

0403

Top address of register link area in the master station

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

00

(H)

When 09000

(8)

, set to 004000

(8)

by file address

When file number is 1, set to 01 (H) .

0404 to

• When slave station 01

(8)

is set to data link (the standard function), top

address of the register link area on slave station 01

(8)

.

0404

0405

0406

0407

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

When 29000, set to 006000

(8)

(Set by file address)

When file number is 2, set to 02 (H) .

00 (H) : In this case the same as the master station *

80 (H) : In this case different from the master station

0407

• When slave station 01

(8)

is set to data link (the save memory function), the

number of offset bytes of register a link area on slave station 01

(8)

.

0404

0405

0406

(Decimal, word)

00

(H)

When 100 bytes, set to 00100

(D)

0407

80

(H)

* When 00 (H) is set, the value becomes the same top address of the master station regardless of the setting value of 0404 to 0405 (8) .

Address (8)

0410 to 0413

0414 to 0417

0420 to 0423

0424 to 0427

0430 to 0433

0434 to 0437

0440 to 0443

0444 to 0447

0450 to 0453

0454 to 0457

0460 to 0463

0464 to 0467

0470 to 0473

0474 to 0477

0500 to 0503

0504 to 0507

0510 to 0513

0514 to 0517

0520 to 0523

0524 to 0527

0530 to 0533

0534 to 0537

0540 to 0543

0544 to 0547

0550 to 0553

0554 to 0557

0560 to 0563

0564 to 0567

0570 to 0573

0574 to 0577

Set contents, method

Top address or number of the offset bytes on slave station 02

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407).

03

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

04

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

05

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

06

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

07

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

10

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

11

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

12

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

13

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

14

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

15

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

16

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

17

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

20

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

21

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

22

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

23

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

24

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

25

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

26

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

27

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

30

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

31

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

32

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

33

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

34

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

35

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

36

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

37

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

• Initial value of the address 0400 to 0777

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

Address (8)

0600 to 0603

0604 to 0607

0610 to 0613

0614 to 0617

0620 to 0623

0624 to 0627

0630 to 0633

0634 to 0637

0640 to 0643

0644 to 0647

0650 to 0653

0654 to 0657

0660 to 0663

0664 to 0667

0670 to 0673

0674 to 0677

0700 to 0703

0704 to 0707

0710 to 0713

0714 to 0717

0720 to 0723

0724 to 0727

0730 to 0733

0734 to 0737

0740 to 0743

0744 to 0747

0750 to 0753

0754 to 0757

0760 to 0763

0764 to 0767

0770 to 0773

0774 to 0777

Set contents, method

Top address or the number of offset bytes on slave station 40

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407).

41

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

42

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

43

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

44

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

45

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

46

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

47

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

50

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

51

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

52

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

53

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

54

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

55

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

56

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

57

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

60

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

61

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

62

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

63

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

64

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

65

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

66

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

67

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

70

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

71

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

72

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

73

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

74

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

75

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

76

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

77

(8)

(same as 0404 to 0407)

16

16-19

16

Installed in a JW300

Address

(8)

1000

1001

1002

1003

Set contents

The number of sending bytes of master station relay link area

The number of sending bytes of slave station 01

(8) relay link area

Setting method (value, example)

(Decimal, word)

When 8 bytes, set to 00008

(D)

(Decimal, word)

(3 / 7)

1004 to 1005

1006 to 1007

1010 to 1011

1012 to 1013

1014 to 1015

1016 to 1017

1020 to 1021

1022 to 1023

1024 to 1025

1026 to 1027

1030 to 1031

1032 to 1033

1034 to 1035

1036 to 1037

1040 to 1041

1042 to 1043

1044 to 1045

1046 to 1047

1050 to 1051

1052 to 1053

1054 to 1055

1056 to 1057

1060 to 1061

1062 to 1063

1064 to 1065

1066 to 1067

1070 to 1071

1072 to 1073

1074 to 1075

1076 to 1077

Address

(8)

Set contents, method

The number of sending bytes of slave station

02

(8)

relay link area (same as 1002 to 1003).

03

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

04

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

05

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

06

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

07

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

10

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

11

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

12

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

13

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

14

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

15

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

16

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

17

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

20

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

21

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

22

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

23

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

24

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

25

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

26

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

27

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

30

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

31

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

32

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

33

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

34

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

35

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

36

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

37

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

• Initial value of the address 1000 to 1177

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

Address

(8)

1100 to 1101

1102 to 1103

1104 to 1105

1106 to 1107

1110 to 1111

1112 to 1113

1114 to 1115

1116 to 1117

1120 to 1121

1122 to 1123

1124 to 1125

1126 to 1127

1130 to 1131

1132 to 1133

1134 to 1135

1136 to 1137

1140 to 1141

1142 to 1143

1144 to 1145

1146 to 1147

1150 to 1151

1152 to 1153

1154 to 1155

1156 to 1157

1160 to 1161

1162 to 1163

1164 to 1165

1166 to 1167

1170 to 1171

1172 to 1173

1174 to 1175

1176 to 1177

Set contents, method

The number of sending bytes of slave station

40

(8)

relay link area (same as 1002 to 1003).

41

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

42

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

43

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

44

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

45

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

46

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

47

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

50

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

51

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

52

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

53

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

54

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

55

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

56

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

57

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

60

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

61

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

62

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

63

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

64

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

65

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

66

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

67

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

70

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

71

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

72

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

73

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

74

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

75

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

76

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

77

(8)

(same as 1002 to 1003)

16-20

Installed in a JW300

Address (8)

1200

1201

1202

1203

Set contents

The number of sending bytes of master station register link area

The number of sending bytes of slave station 01

(8) register link area

Setting method (value, example)

(Decimal, word)

When 64 bytes, set to 00064

(D)

(Decimal, word)

(4 / 7)

1204 to 1205

1206 to 1207

1210 to 1211

1212 to 1213

1214 to 1215

1216 to 1217

1220 to 1221

1222 to 1223

1224 to 1225

1226 to 1227

1230 to 1231

1232 to 1233

1234 to 1235

1236 to 1237

1240 to 1241

1242 to 1243

1244 to 1245

1246 to 1247

1250 to 1251

1252 to 1253

1254 to 1255

1256 to 1257

1260 to 1261

1262 to 1263

1264 to 1265

1266 to 1267

1270 to 1271

1272 to 1273

1274 to 1275

1276 to 1277

Address

(8)

Set contents, method

The number of sending bytes of slave station

02

(8)

register link area (same as 1202 to 1203).

03

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

04

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

05

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

06

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

07

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

10

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

11

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

12

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

13

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

14

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

15

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

16

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

17

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

20

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

21

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

22

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

23

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

24

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

25

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

26

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

27

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

30

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

31

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

32

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

33

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

34

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

35

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

36

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

37

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

• Initial value of the address 1200 to 1337

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

Address

(8)

1300 to 1301

1302 to 1303

1304 to 1305

1306 to 1307

1310 to 1311

1312 to 1313

1314 to 1315

1316 to 1317

1320 to 1321

1322 to 1323

1324 to 1325

1326 to 1327

1330 to 1331

1332 to 1333

1334 to 1335

1336 to 1337

1340 to 1341

1342 to 1343

1344 to 1345

1346 to 1347

1350 to 1351

1352 to 1353

1354 to 1355

1356 to 1357

1360 to 1361

1362 to 1363

1364 to 1365

1366 to 1367

1370 to 1371

1372 to 1373

1374 to 1375

1376 to 1377

Set contents, method

The number of sending bytes of slave station

40

(8)

register link area (same as 1202 to 1203).

41

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

42

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

43

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

44

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

45

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

46

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

47

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

50

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

51

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

52

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

53

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

54

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

55

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

56

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

57

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

60

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

61

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

62

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

63

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

64

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

65

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

66

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

67

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

70

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

71

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

72

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

73

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

74

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

75

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

76

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

77

(8)

(same as 1202 to 1203)

16

16-21

16

Installed in a JW300

Address (8)

3501

Set contents

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 01

(8)

(0.1 to 25.5 sec.)

Setting method (value, example)

(Decimal, byte) When 10 second, set to 100

(D)

(5 / 7)

3502

3526

3527

3530

3531

3532

3533

3534

3520

3521

3522

3523

3524

3525

3535

3536

3537

3503

3504

3505

3506

3507

3510

3511

3512

3513

3514

3515

3516

3517

Address (8) Set contents, method

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 02

(8)

(Same as 3501)

03

(8)

(same as 3501)

04

(8)

(same as 3501)

05

(8)

(same as 3501)

06

(8)

(same as 3501)

07

(8)

(same as 3501)

10

(8)

(same as 3501)

11

(8)

(same as 3501)

12

(8)

(same as 3501)

13

(8)

(same as 3501)

14

(8)

(same as 3501)

15

(8)

(same as 3501)

16

(8)

(same as 3501)

17

(8)

(same as 3501)

20

(8)

(same as 3501)

21

(8)

(same as 3501)

22

(8)

(same as 3501)

23

(8)

(same as 3501)

24

(8)

(same as 3501)

25

(8)

(same as 3501)

26

(8)

(same as 3501)

27

(8)

(same as 3501)

30

(8)

(same as 3501)

31

(8)

(same as 3501)

32

(8)

(same as 3501)

33

(8)

(same as 3501)

34

(8)

(same as 3501)

35

(8)

(same as 3501)

36

(8)

(same as 3501)

37

(8)

(same as 3501)

• Initial value of the address 3501 to 3577

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

Address (8)

3540

3560

3561

3562

3563

3564

3565

3566

3552

3553

3554

3555

3556

3557

3541

3542

3543

3544

3545

3546

3547

3550

3551

3567

3570

3571

3572

3573

3574

3575

3576

3577

Set contents, method

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 40

(8)

(Same as 3501)

41

(8)

(same as 3501)

42

(8)

(same as 3501)

43

(8)

(same as 3501)

44

(8)

(same as 3501)

45

(8)

(same as 3501)

46

(8)

(same as 3501)

47

(8)

(same as 3501)

50

(8)

(same as 3501)

51

(8)

(same as 3501)

52

(8)

(same as 3501)

53

(8)

(same as 3501)

54

(8)

(same as 3501)

55

(8)

(same as 3501)

56

(8)

(same as 3501)

57

(8)

(same as 3501)

60

(8)

(same as 3501)

61

(8)

(same as 3501)

62

(8)

(same as 3501)

63

(8)

(same as 3501)

64

(8)

(same as 3501)

65

(8)

(same as 3501)

66

(8)

(same as 3501)

67

(8)

(same as 3501)

70

(8)

(same as 3501)

71

(8)

(same as 3501)

72

(8)

(same as 3501)

73

(8)

(same as 3501)

74

(8)

(same as 3501)

75

(8)

(same as 3501)

76

(8)

(same as 3501)

77

(8)

(same as 3501)

16-22

Address (8) Set contents

3601 PLC model of slave station 01

(8)

Installed in a JW300

(6 / 7)

Setting method (value, example)

91

(H)

• JW-22CM

• PLC is JW model, JW20CM or ZW-

20CM is with JW marking

3602

3626

3627

3630

3631

3632

3633

3634

3620

3621

3622

3623

3624

3625

3635

3636

3637

3603

3604

3605

3606

3607

3610

3611

3612

3613

3614

3615

3616

3617

Address

(8) Set contents, method

PLC model of slave station 02

(8)

(Same as 3601)

03

(8)

(same as 3601)

04

(8)

(same as 3601)

05

(8)

(same as 3601)

06

(8)

(same as 3601)

07

(8)

(same as 3601)

10

(8)

(same as 3601)

11

(8)

(same as 3601)

12

(8)

(same as 3601)

13

(8)

(same as 3601)

14

(8)

(same as 3601)

15

(8)

(same as 3601)

16

(8)

(same as 3601)

17

(8)

(same as 3601)

20

(8)

(same as 3601)

21

(8)

(same as 3601)

22

(8)

(same as 3601)

23

(8)

(same as 3601)

24

(8)

(same as 3601)

25

(8)

(same as 3601)

26

(8)

(same as 3601)

27

(8)

(same as 3601)

30

(8)

(same as 3601)

31

(8)

(same as 3601)

32

(8)

(same as 3601)

33

(8)

(same as 3601)

34

(8)

(same as 3601)

35

(8)

(same as 3601)

36

(8)

(same as 3601)

37

(8)

(same as 3601)

• Initial value of the address 3601 to 3677

(8)

are all 00

(H)

.

3640

3660

3661

3662

3663

3664

3665

3666

3652

3653

3654

3655

3656

3657

3641

3642

3643

3644

3645

3646

3647

3650

3651

3667

3670

3671

3672

3673

3674

3675

3676

3677

Address

(8)

Set contents, method

PLC model of slave station 40

(8)

(Same as 3601)

41

(8)

(same as 3601)

42

(8)

(same as 3601)

43

(8)

(same as 3601)

44

(8)

(same as 3601)

45

(8)

(same as 3601)

46

(8)

(same as 3601)

47

(8)

(same as 3601)

50

(8)

(same as 3601)

51

(8)

(same as 3601)

52

(8)

(same as 3601)

53

(8)

(same as 3601)

54

(8)

(same as 3601)

55

(8)

(same as 3601)

56

(8)

(same as 3601)

57

(8)

(same as 3601)

60

(8)

(same as 3601)

61

(8)

(same as 3601)

62

(8)

(same as 3601)

63

(8)

(same as 3601)

64

(8)

(same as 3601)

65

(8)

(same as 3601)

66

(8)

(same as 3601)

67

(8)

(same as 3601)

70

(8)

(same as 3601)

71

(8)

(same as 3601)

72

(8)

(same as 3601)

73

(8)

(same as 3601)

74

(8)

(same as 3601)

75

(8)

(same as 3601)

76

(8)

(same as 3601)

77

(8)

(same as 3601)

16

16-23

16

Installed in a JW300

(7 / 7)

Address (8)

3700 to

3703

3710 to

3713

3750 to

3757

3763

Set contents

System of each channel in

SEND/RECEIVE function

3700

3701

3702

3703

CH0

CH1

CH2

CH3

Setting method (value, example)

00

(H)

80

(H)

00

(H)

81

(H)

00

(H)

82

(H)

00

(H)

83

(H)

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

3710

Top addresses in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of

SEND/RECEIVE functions

3711

3712

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

When 1100 to set to 001100

(8)

(Setting by file address)

When file number is 0, set to 00

(H)

Connection condition of slave station

• Turn ON the corresponding bit of connected station number (01 to

77

(8)

) from the list at right.

• 00

(8)

of master station (0 bit of address 000750)

At ON: Output error code

At OFF: Do not output error code.

3713 This setting is valid by 80

Bit address

3750

3751

3752

3753

3754

3755

3756

3757

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30

47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40

57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50

67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60

77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70

(H)

• When connecting slave station 00 to 04

(8)

and output error code:

(Address) (Bit pattern)

3750 00011111

3751 00000000

to to

3757 00000000

00

(H)

Do not output

Whether the station number information should be output or not

01

(H)

Output

3764 to

3767

3777

Flag area top address on the master station

Start switch

3764

3765

3766

3767

• Initial value of the above addresses are all 00 (H) .

(Octal, word)

When 0200, set to 000200

(8)

(Set by file address)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

00

01

(H)

(H)

When file number is 2, set to 02

(H)

00

(H)

: Do not output flag

80

(H)

: Output flag

When to set (write) parameters, set to 00

(H)

.

When the bits changes from 00 (H) to

01

(H)

, the set detail of parameters is transferred from the control module to the JW-22CM.

16-24

Installed in a JW300

(2) Slave station 01 to 77 (8) (Installed in a JW300)

(1 / 1)

Address (8) Set contents Setting method (value, example)

3500

3501 to

3577

3600

3601 to

3677

3700 to

3703

3710 to

3713

3720

3721

3722

3723

3763

3764 to

3767

3777

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of master station (0.1 to 25. 5 sec.)

Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 01 to 77

(8)

(Refer to page 16-22 same as data link master station)

(Decimal, byte) When 10 second, set to 100

(D)

PLC model of master station 91

(H)

• JW-22CM

• PLC is JW model, JW-20CM or ZW-

20CM is with JW marking

PLC model of slave station 01 to 77

(8)

(Refer to page 16-23 same as data link master station)

Same as 3600

System of each channel in

SEND · RECEIVE function

3700

3701

3702

3703

CH0

CH1

CH2

CH3

00

(H)

80

(H)

00

(H)

81

(H)

00

(H)

82

(H)

00

(H)

83

(H)

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

Instruction method

Data memory starting method

3710

Top addresses in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of

SEND/RECEIVE functions

3711

3712

(Octal, word)

(Hexadecimal, byte)

When 1100 to set to 001100

(Set by file address)

(8)

When file number is 0, set to 00

(H)

The number of receiving bytes of relay link in save memory function

3713

Number of receiving bytes of register link in save memory function

This setting is valid by 80

(H)

(Decimal, byte)

(Decimal, byte)

If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same as the number of transfer bytes set in the master station.

If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same as the number of transfer bytes set in the master station.

00

(H) Do not output

Whether the station number information should be output or not

01

(H)

Output

3764

(Octal, word)

When 0600, set to 000600

(8)

(Set by file address)

Top address of flag area on each slave station

Start switch

3765

3766

3767

00

00

01

(H)

(H)

(H)

When file number is 2, set to 02

00

(H)

: Do not output flag

80

(H)

: Output flag

(H)

When to set (write) parameters, set to 00 (H) .

When the bits changes from 00

(H)

to

01

(H)

, the set detail of parameters is transferred from the control module to the JW-22CM.

• Initial value of the above addresses are all 00 (H) .

16

16-25

16

16-4 "File address" and "fileN, address n" in the JW300

When JW300 is used, specify indirect address specification "fileN, address n" to the "register link area and top address of flag area" of the JW-22CM parameters.

As for register link area and flag area setting range of a JW300, see page 11-13, 11-14 and 11-29.

As for relationship between file address (details) and "fileN, address n," see page 16-28 to 16-31.

[1] File address of JW300

Shown below is the data memory (file address order) in the JW300.

=> Relate to the page 11-13, 11-14 and 11-29

File address (8)

00000000

JW-311CU/312CU JW-321CU/322CU

JW-331CU/332CU

JW-341CU/342CU

JW-352CU, JW-362CU

Relay (7168 points)

00001577

00001600

00001777

00002000

TMR･CNT 00000 to 00777 contact point

(512 points)

00003777

00004000

TMR･CNT･MD 00000 to 00777 current value

(1024 bytes)

Register 009000 to 099777

(5120 bytes)

00015777

00016000

Register E0000 to E7777

(4096 bytes)

00025777

00026000

TMR･CNT･MD 01000 to 01777 current value

(1024 points)

00027777

00030000

Relay (23552 points)

00035577

00035600

00035777

00036000

TMR･CNT 01000 to 01777 contact point

(512 points)

Register 109000 to 199777

(5120 bytes)

00047777

00050000

Register 209000 to 299777

(5120 bytes)

00061777

00062000

Register 309000 to 389777

(4608 bytes)

00072777

00073000

00073777

Register Z000 to Z377

(512 bytes)

00074000 10000

Relay (22528 points)

00101377 15377

00101400

TMR･CNT･MD 02000 to

03777 contact point (1024 points)

00101777

00102000 b04000

TMR･CNT･MD 02000 to

03777 current value (2048 points)

00105777 b07777

00074000

00140377

00140400

00143777

00144000

10000

Relay (149504 points)

54377

TMR･CNT 02000 to 17777 contact points (7168 points) b04000

Byte address

00000

01577 b00000 b01777

009000

099777

E0000

E7777 b02000 b03777

02000

07577

109000

199777

209000

299777

309000

389777

Z000

Z377

File register => Next page

TMR･CNT･MD 02000 to

17777 current value (14336 bytes)

00177777 b37777

File register => Next page

16-26

File address (byte address) of the file register

- In the case of JW-311CU/312CU

There is not a file register.

- In the case of JW-321CU/322CU

Area File address (8)

File register 00200000 to 00277777

- In the case of JW-331CU/332CU

Area File address (8)

File register 00200000 to 00577777

- In the case of JW-341CU/342CU

Area File address (8)

File register 00200000 to 02177777

- In the case of JW-352CU

Area File address (8)

File register 00200000 to 10177777

- In the case of JW-362CU

Area File address (8)

File register 00200000 to 40177777

Byte address (8)

00000000 to 00077777

Capacity (byte)

32K

Byte address (8)

00000000 to 00377777

Capacity (byte)

128K

Byte address (8)

00000000 to 01777777

Capacity (byte)

512K

Byte address (8)

00000000 to 07777777

Capacity (byte)

2048K

Byte address (8)

00000000 to 37777777

Capacity (byte)

8192K

16

16-27

16

[2] "fileN, address n" of JW300

The "fileN, address n" that is set indirectly in the JW300 relates to the file addresses (pages

16-26 and 16-27) as follows.

[Ex.] File address 03100000 (8) will be n=100000 (8) in file=0C (H) .

File address (8) fileN

Decimal Hex.

0E

0F

10

11

0A

0B

0C

0D

12

13

14

15

16

06

07

08

09

02

03

04

05

1B

1C

1D

1E

17

18

19

1A

1F

20

00000000 to 00073777

00074000 to 00105777

00106000 to 00177777

00200000 to 00277777

00300000 to 00377777

00400000 to 00577777

00600000 to 00777777

01000000 to 01177777

01200000 to 01377777

01400000 to 01577777

01600000 to 01777777

02000000 to 02177777

02200000 to 02377777

02400000 to 02577777

02600000 to 02777777

03000000 to 03177777

03200000 to 03377777

03400000 to 03577777

03600000 to 03777777

04000000 to 04177777

04200000 to 04377777

04400000 to 04577777

04600000 to 04777777

05000000 to 05177777

05200000 to 05377777

05400000 to 05577777

05600000 to 05777777

06000000 to 06177777

06200000 to 06377777

06400000 to 06577777

06600000 to 06777777

07000000 to 07177777

07200000 to 07377777

07400000 to 07577777

07600000 to 07777777

10000000 to 10177777

0

1

14

15

16

17

10

11

12

13

18

19

20

21

22

8

9

6

7

4

5

2

3

27

28

29

30

23

24

25

26

31

32

00

01 n

(8)

Capacity

(byte)

000000 to 073777 30K

074000 to 105777 5K 64K

106000 to 177777 29K

000000 to 077777

100000 to 177777

32K

64K

32K

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

64K

64K

64K

64K

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

JW-31*CU JW-32*CU JW-33*CU JW-34*CU JW-352CU JW-362CU

To next page

16-28

File address (8) fileN

Decimal Hex.

n

(8)

Capacity

(byte)

From the previous page

60

61

62

63

56

57

58

59

52

53

54

55

48

49

50

51

44

45

46

47

40

41

42

43

36

37

38

39

33

34

35

68

69

70

71

64

65

66

67

72

73

74

10200000 to 10377777

10400000 to 10577777

10600000 to 10777777

11000000 to 11177777

11200000 to 11377777

11400000 to 11577777

11600000 to 11777777

12000000 to 12177777

12200000 to 12377777

12400000 to 12577777

12600000 to 12777777

13000000 to 13177777

13200000 to 13377777

13400000 to 13577777

13600000 to 13777777

14000000 to 14177777

14200000 to 14377777

14400000 to 14577777

14600000 to 14777777

15000000 to 15177777

15200000 to 15377777

15400000 to 15577777

15600000 to 15777777

16000000 to 16177777

16200000 to 16377777

16400000 to 16577777

16600000 to 16777777

17000000 to 17177777

17200000 to 17377777

17400000 to 17577777

17600000 to 17777777

20000000 to 20177777

20200000 to 20377777

20400000 to 20577777

20600000 to 20777777

21000000 to 21177777

21200000 to 21377777

21400000 to 21577777

21600000 to 21777777

22000000 to 22177777

22200000 to 22377777

22400000 to 22577777

3C

3D

3E

3F

38

39

3A

3B

34

35

36

37

30

31

32

33

2C

2D

2E

2F

28

29

2A

2B

24

25

26

27

21

22

23

44

45

46

47

40

41

42

43

48

49

4A

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

To next page

16-29

16

16

File address

(8) fileN

Decimal Hex.

n

(8)

Capacity

(byte)

From the previous page

104

105

106

107

100

101

102

103

96

97

98

99

92

93

94

95

112

113

114

115

116

108

109

110

111

87

88

89

90

91

83

84

85

86

79

80

81

82

75

76

77

78

22600000 to 22777777

23000000 to 23177777

23200000 to 23377777

23400000 to 23577777

23600000 to 23777777

24000000 to 24177777

24200000 to 24377777

24400000 to 24577777

24600000 to 24777777

25000000 to 25177777

25200000 to 25377777

25400000 to 25577777

25600000 to 25777777

26000000 to 26177777

26200000 to 26377777

26400000 to 26577777

26600000 to 26777777

27000000 to 27177777

27200000 to 27377777

27400000 to 27577777

27600000 to 27777777

30000000 to 30177777

30200000 to 30377777

30400000 to 30577777

30600000 to 30777777

31000000 to 31177777

31200000 to 31377777

31400000 to 31577777

31600000 to 31777777

32000000 to 32177777

32200000 to 32377777

32400000 to 32577777

32600000 to 32777777

33000000 to 33177777

33200000 to 33377777

33400000 to 33577777

33600000 to 33777777

34000000 to 34177777

34200000 to 34377777

34400000 to 34577777

34600000 to 34777777

35000000 to 35177777

68

69

6A

6B

64

65

66

67

60

61

62

63

5C

5D

5E

5F

70

71

72

73

74

6C

6D

6E

6F

57

58

59

5A

5B

53

54

55

56

4F

50

51

52

4B

4C

4D

4E

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

16-30

To next page

File address (8) fileN

Decimal Hex.

n

(8)

Capacity

(byte)

From the previous page

35200000 to 35377777

35400000 to 35577777

35600000 to 35777777

36000000 to 36177777

36200000 to 36377777

36400000 to 36577777

36600000 to 36777777

37000000 to 37177777

37200000 to 37377777

37400000 to 37577777

37600000 to 37777777

40000000 to 40177777

121

122

123

124

117

118

119

120

125

126

127

128

79

7A

7B

7C

75

76

77

78

7D

7E

7F

80

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 177777

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

64K

16-31

16

Alphabetical Index

[A]

Allocation of relay number ........................................................................................ 2-2

Appendix ................................................................................................................. 16-1

Application instruction ............................................................................................. 10-4

[B]

Branching method ..................................................................................................... 7-6

[C]

Cable trunk and branch lines .................................................................................... 7-1

Cable wiring procedure in control panel .................................................................... 7-2

Check after wiring ..................................................................................................... 7-5

Check cable/connector ........................................................................................... 16-3

Check flow chart ..................................................................................................... 16-2

Command ................................................................................................................. 9-2

Communication area map ....................................................................................... 11-7

Communication between two hierarchical layer differences ................................... 10-1

Communication delay time ........................................................................................ 8-4

Communication method ............................................................................................ 8-1

Communication specifications ................................................................................ 15-1

Computer link function .............................................................................................. 9-1

Computer link operation ............................................................................................ 9-1

Computer link specifications ................................................................................... 15-3

Connection to the JW-22CM ..................................................................................... 7-2

Connector crimping procedure .................................................................................. 6-5

[D]

Data link operation .................................................................................................... 8-1

Data link (Save memory function) ............................................................................. 8-2

Data link specifications ........................................................................................... 15-2

Data link (Standard function) .................................................................................... 8-1

Data memory starting method ................................................................................. 10-2

Data transmission between master PLC and slave PLC .......................................... 8-5

During initial communication (startup of the system) .............................................. 16-5

[E]

Expansion of network ................................................................................................ 8-6

Errors and countermeasures .................................................................................. 12-1

Extra length of cable ................................................................................................. 7-2

[F]

Features and functions ............................................................................................. 1-1

Fixing of the cable ..................................................................................................... 7-2

Flag ......................................................................................................................... 12-2

Flag table ................................................................................................................ 12-2

IND-1

IND

[G]

General specifications ............................................................................................. 15-1

Grounding of power supply module (JW-22PU/31PU) ............................................. 7-2

[H]

Hierarchical link ......................................................................................................... 8-7

[ I ]

ID tag ........................................................................................................................ 7-3

Indication lamps ...................................................................................................... 12-1

Installation .......................................................................................................... 2-1, 5-1

Insulation cover ......................................................................................................... 7-2

Instruction method ............................................................................... 10-2, 10-4, 10-9

[M]

Maintenance ............................................................................................................. 2-2

Maintenance and check .......................................................................................... 16-1

Master station parameters ...................................................................................... 11-5

Minimum bending radius ........................................................................................... 7-3

Mode switch (MODE) .............................................................................................. 11-2

Model select switch (SL) ......................................................................................... 11-2

Module No. switch (UNIT NO.) ............................................................................... 11-2

Monitor operation condition by each station PLC .......................................................... 12-5

Multiple installation of the JW-22CM ......................................................................... 8-6

[N]

Name and function of each part ................................................................................ 4-1

Notes ......................................................................................................................... 7-7

[O]

Operation procedure ............................................................................................... 11-1

[P]

Parameter setting by remote function ..................................................................... 14-7

Precautions for use ................................................................................................... 2-1

Processing cable end ................................................................................................ 6-2

Processing of cables ................................................................................................. 6-1

Program example of data memory starting system .............................................. 10-13

Program example of instruction method ................................................................. 10-9

Protective cap ........................................................................................................... 7-3

IND

[R]

RECEIVE function ................................................................................................... 10-1

Recovery method at communication errors ............................................................ 16-2

Relaying of trunk cables ............................................................................................ 7-1

Remote programming and remote monitor ............................................................. 14-4

Replacement of the JW-22CM ................................................................................ 13-1

Required transmission time ...................................................................................... 8-3

Required transmission time and communication delay time ..................................... 8-3

IND-2

[S]

Save memory function ............................................................................................ 15-2

SEND function ............................................................................................................... 10-1

Setting contents of master station parameters .............................................................. 11-5

Setting contents of slave station parameters (common for all slave stations) ...... 11-27

Setting of switches and parameter .......................................................................... 11-1

Setting procedure ....................................................................................... 11-15, 11-30

Setting range of relay link area, register link area, and flag area ......................... 11-11

Setting range of flag area ...................................................................................... 11-28

Shield ground switch (LG) ....................................................................................... 11-4

Slave station parameters ...................................................................................... 11-27

Specifications .......................................................................................................... 15-1

Standard function .................................................................................................... 15-2

Starting method ....................................................................................................... 10-2

Static electricity ......................................................................................................... 2-2

Station number of the additional station .................................................................... 7-6

Station number switch (STA NO.) ........................................................................... 11-3

Storage of error code .............................................................................................. 12-6

Straight connector ..................................................................................................... 7-3

Support tools ........................................................................................................... 14-1

Switch setting of master station and slave station .................................................. 11-2

System configuration ................................................................................................ 3-1

[T]

Table of parameter memory (JW20H/30H) ............................................................. 16-8

Table of parameter memory (JW300) ................................................................... 16-17

"T" branch connector ................................................................................................ 7-4

Termination resistance switch (LT) ......................................................................... 11-3

Transmission time ..................................................................................................... 8-3

[U]

Use method ............................................................................................................... 2-2

[W]

Waterproof and insulation processing of connectors ................................................ 7-4

Wiring ................................................................................................................. 2-1, 7-1

Wiring of cables at outside control panels ................................................................ 7-5

Wiring method for adding a communication station .................................................. 7-6

IND

IND-3

SHARP MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS CORPORATION

♦ Information about Sharp image sensor camera and programmable controller

is available at our internet

homepage http://sharp-world.com/sms/

3.0v 2.2005

Printed in Japan (0.1I.M.S)